100% found this document useful (1 vote)
1K views260 pages

IMAS UP (Full, in Mau)

Uploaded by

nguyenvinh200105
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
100% found this document useful (1 vote)
1K views260 pages

IMAS UP (Full, in Mau)

Uploaded by

nguyenvinh200105
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 260

LEVEL: UPPER PRIMARY

(Grade 5-6)

EXAMS from 2011 to 2018


Problems & Solution
IMAS
(International mathematics assessments for schools)

Introduction
International Mathematics Assessment for Schools (IMAS) is a world class mathematics assessment
test for middle primary, upper primary and lower junior secondary students. The test is organized by
the IMAS Executive Council.

The organizer strongly feels a need to conduct a mathematics assessment test among schools,
countries and regions to test the students’ achievements in mathematics problem solving and to serve
as a guide paper for students who wish to improve their ability in this field. This test serves as one of
the motivating factors attracting students not only to test their abilities in mathematics but also to
challenge their abilities in broadening their mathematical scope.

Aims and Objectives


The aims of the IMAS are to

1. Provide an achievement test in mathematics for all students and a mathematics competition for
students with good performance;
2. Develop a world class mathematics assessment with international perspective measuring students’
performances in three cognitive dimensions: Knowing, Applying and Reasoning at Middle Primary
(Grade 3 and 4), Upper Primary (Grade 5 and 6) and Junior Secondary (Grade 7 and 8) level; and
3. Promote effective learning of mathematics in both primary and secondary schools through a
publicly recognized performance measuring platform.

The objectives of the IMAS are to

1. Inform stakeholders, i.e. students, teachers and parents, of the performances of


2. the students in mathematics at different levels of attainment in well defined reports;
3. Better serve the needs of students through a more user friendly format of perennial assessment
that offers options for participants in terms of topics as well as difficulties of materials being
assessed through a public mathematics assessment which will be held once a year; and
4. Usher in an innovative assessment culture, i.e. participants can choose when they would like to sit
for the assessment of content as well as the level of difficulty of the items being assessed.
Participants take the initiative in assessing their competencies and capabilities.

HOW TO REGISTER?
BAN TỔ CHỨC IMAS VIỆT NAM
128 Nguyễn Thái Học, Ba Đình, Hà Nội

098 104 8228 / 093 625 5598 - imas@ieg.vn

GIỚI THIỆU
Kỳ thi đánh giá năng lực tư duy Toán học quốc tế - IMAS (International
mathematics assessments for schools) là kỳ thi đánh giá năng lực tư duy Toán
học bằng tiếng Anh dành riêng cho học sinh Tiểu học và Trung học cơ sở. Bài thi
đánh giá tư duy Toán toàn diện trên 3 góc độ: Hiểu kiến thức, Áp dụng thực tế
và Năng lực lập luận trên nền tảng tiếng Anh.
Kỳ thi sử dụng bài thi theo chuẩn quốc tế do Ủy ban điều hành IMAS quốc tế
biên soạn. Ban tổ chức và điều hành IMAS bao gồm đại diện các hiệp hội Toán
học, các trường Đại học, Viện nghiên cứu và các Tổ chức giáo dục uy tín trên thế
giới. Đây cũng là ban tổ chức đã thực hiện nhiều cuộc thi trong khu vực và trên
thế giới như kỳ thi “Olympic Toán và Khoa học quốc tế – (International
Mathematics and Science Olympiad – IMSO)”; kỳ thi “Toán học trẻ quốc tế
(International Mathematics Competition – IMC)”.
Kỳ thi được tổ chức thường niên tại nhiều quốc gia trên thế giới như Bun-ga-ri,
Đài Loan, Indonesia, Malaysia, Nam Phi, Phi-lip-pin, Ru-ma-ni, Thái Lan, Úc,
Trung Quốc, và Zim-ba- buê.

CẤU TRÚC ĐỀ THI


Kỳ thi sử dụng Đề thi bằng tiếng Anh do Ủy ban điều hành IMAS quốc tế
cung cấp.
GIẢI THƯỞNG
Kết quả bài thi của thí sinh sẽ được thẩm định và phê duyêt bởi Ủy ban điều hành IMAS quốc
tế.Giải thưởng được xếp theo kết quả thi của thí sinh so với các thí sinh cùng độ tuổi tham dự
thi tại Việt Nam.

2011
CONTENT • 2011 Upper Primary Division First Round Paper .........................1
• 2011 Upper Primary Division First Round Solution……………….…..7
• 2011 Upper Primary Division Round 2........................................11
• 2011 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution ………..…..17
2012
• 2012 Upper Primary Division First Round Paper .....................................................................23
• 2012 Upper Primary Division First Round Solution ……………………………………………………………..30
• 2012 Upper Primary Division Round 2 ………………………………………………………………………….......39
• 2012 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution …………………………………………………….....47

2013
• 2013 Upper Primary Division First Round Paper ……………………………………………………………......53
• 2013 Upper Primary Division First Round Solution………………………………………………………….....61
• 2013 Upper Primary Division Round 2…………………………………………………………………………………72
• 2013 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution …………………………………………………….....80

2014
• 2014 Upper Primary Division First Round Paper .....................................................................87
• 2014 Upper Primary Division First Round Solution..................................................................94
• 2014 Upper Primary Division Round 2 ………………………………………………………………………………104
• 2014 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution ………………….……………………………….....112

2015
• 2015 Upper Primary Division First Round Paper ……………………………………………………………….123
• 2015 Upper Primary Division First Round Solution................................................................131
• 2015 Upper Primary Division Round 2 …………………………………………………………………………….. 139
• 2015 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution ..........................................................146

2016
• 2016 Upper Primary Division First Round Paper …………………………………………………………......152
• 2016 Upper Primary Division First Round Solution………………………………………………………......160
• 2016 Upper Primary Division Round 2 ……………………………………………………………………………...171
• 2016 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution …………………………………………………......179

2017
• 2017 Upper Primary Division First Round Paper ...................................................................187
• 2017 Upper Primary Division First Round Solution................................................................195
• 2017 Upper Primary Division Round 2 ..................................................................................205
• 2017 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution …………………………………………………......213

2018
International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
2011 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER
Time allowed:75 minutes

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


GENERAL
1. Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
2. No calculators, slide rules, log tables, math stencils, mobile phones or other
calculating aids are permitted. Scribbling paper, graph paper, ruler and compasses
are permitted, but are not essential.
3. Diagrams are NOT drawn to scale. They are intended only as aids.
4. There are 20 multiple-choice questions, each with 5 possible answers given and 5
questions that require a whole number answer between 0 and 999. The questions
generally get harder as you work through the paper. There is no penalty for an
incorrect response.
5. This is a mathematics assessment not a test; do not expect to answer all questions.
6. Read the instructions on the answer sheet carefully. Ensure your name, school
name and school year are filled in. It is your responsibility that the Answer Sheet
is correctly coded.
7. When your teacher gives the signal, begin working on the problems.
THE ANSWER SHEET
1. Use only lead pencil.
2. Record your answers on the reverse of the Answer Sheet (not on the question
paper) by FULLY colouring the circle matching your answer.
3. Your Answer Sheet will be read by a machine. The machine will see all markings
even if they are in the wrong places, so please be careful not to doodle or write
anything extra on the Answer Sheet. If you want to change an answer or remove
any marks, use a plastic eraser and be sure to remove all marks and smudges.
INTEGRITY OF THE COMPETITION
The IMAS reserves the right to re-examine students before deciding whether to
grant official status to their score.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [1]


─────────────────────────────────────────────────
2011 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
Questions 1-10, 3 marks each
1. 2011-1022=?
(A)999 (B)998 (C)989 (D)899 (E)889
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
2. Lynne’s last class of the day starts at 2:30 pm. Each class lasts 45 minutes. When
this class is over, what is the angle, the one less than 180°, which is formed by
the hour hand and the minute hand of her watch?
(A)90° (B)larger than 90° (C)Larger than 0°and less than 90°
(D)0° (E)could not be determined
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
3. Each small square in all the following figures has side length 1. Which figure has
the largest area?
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
3
4. In which of the following figures does the shaded part occupies more than of
4
the total area?
(A) (B) (C)

(D) (E)

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
5. Bruce is reading a story book. One of the stories takes up two consecutive pages,
and the sum of the page numbers is 345. On which page does this story begin?
(A)114 (B)115 (C)171 (D)172 (E)173
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
6. If we copy the letters “MATHS” repeatedly, we get “MATHSMATHS. . . ”.
What is the 2011-th letter from the left?
(A)M (B)A (C)T (D)H (E)S
sachtienganhhanoi.com

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
7. From 2 + 2 = 2 × 2, we observe that the sum of the two numbers 2 and 2 is equal
to their product. Of the following pairs of numbers, which has this property?
2 3 4 6 7
(A)2 and (B)3 and (C)4 and (D)5 and (E)6 and
3 2 5 5 5
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [2]


───────────────────── UP 2 ──────────────────────
8. A certain percentage of the area of the given figure is shaded.
What is this percentage?
(A)25% (B)27.5% (C)36.5%
(D)37.5% (E)42.5%

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
9. Thirty students are standing in a row. They start calling out 1, 2, 3, . . . from the
left, and Mickey calls out 13. If the calling starts from the right instead, what
number will Mickey call out?
(A)18 (B)17 (C)16 (D)14 (E)13
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
10. The box contains 20 balls numbered from 1 to 20, but identical otherwise. Eve
draws a ball at random from the box. Which of the following outcome is the most
likely?
(A)drawing the ball numbered 11.
(B)drawing balls that are of even number.
(C)drawing balls that ended with the digit 5, 6, 7, 8.
(D)drawing balls that contain the digit 1.
(E)drawing balls with a one-digit number.
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
Questions 11-20, 4 marks each
11. There is a pattern to the given sequence of figures.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)


"
Which of the following will be the 2011-th figure of the sequence?
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
12. Woody has a rabbit which eats three carrots and one cabbage every two days. He
is going on a 7-day holiday. At least how many carrots and cabbages must he
leave behind for the rabbit? (Assume that all carrots are of the same size, as are
sachtienganhhanoi.com

the cabbages.)
(A)9 carrots and 3 cabbages (B)10 carrots and 3 cabbages
(C)11 carrots and 3 cabbages (D)10 carrots and 4 cabbages
(E)11 carrots and 4 cabbages
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [3]


───────────────────── UP 3────────────────────────
13. The given figure is the net of a cube, and each face is labeled I
with a letter. When the cube is formed, which letter is on the
face opposite to the one labeled with the letter I? M A S
(A)A (B)K (C)M (D)O (E)S O K

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
14. Mark’s bicycle has a front wheel and a back wheel of
different sizes. The front wheel advances 3 metres per
revolution, and the back wheel advances 2 metres per
revolution. Which statement accurately describes Mark’s
6-kilometre trip from home to school?
(A) The front wheel makes 3000 revolutions.
(B) The front wheel and the back wheel makes the same number of revolutions.
(C) The front wheel makes 1.5 times the number of revolutions of the back wheel.
(D) The front wheel run 1000 revolutions less than the back wheel.
(E) The back wheel run 1000 revolutions less than the front wheel.
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
15. The given rectangle is formed of six small squares. If the
perimeter of the rectangle is 30 centimetres, what is its area in
square centimetre?
(A)24 (B)36 (C)54
(D)150 (E)216
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
16. The given diagram shows five differently coloured disks. The
orange disk is above the green disk but below all the others. Y U
The purple disk is above the blue disk but below the red disk.
What is the colour of the disk labeled Z? X Z V
(A)Red (B)Orange (C)Green
(D)Blue (E)Purple
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
17. Gia’s grandfather, a watchmaker, gives her a special watch. 24
The long hand makes one revolution per hour, and the short
hand makes one revolution per 24 hours. When Gia’s
favorite television show starts, the positions of the two hands 18 6
are as shown. At this moment, what is the standard time?
(A)18:20 (B)19:20 (C)19:25
(D)19:30 (E)20:25 12
sachtienganhhanoi.com

─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [4]


───────────────────── UP 4────────────────────────
18. The given menu is from a restaurant
serving a buffet dinner. What is the Adult $30
minimum expenditure for four Child (under the age of 12) $25
adults and three children under 12 Family Set A(1 adult and 1child) $45
to eat there? Family Set B(2 adults and 1child) $70

(A)$155 (B)$160 (C)$165 (D)$180 (E)$195


─────────────────────────────────────────────────
19. Wendy throws three cubical dice, with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 on the
faces. Which of the following numbers cannot be the product of three numbers
on the dice?
(A)48 (B)84 (C)120 (D)180 (E)216
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
20. Leon is given five wooden blocks:

Which of the following blocks should be added so that he can make a 4×4×4
cube? (None of the blocks can be dissected)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
Questions 21-25, 6 marks each
D 12 C
21. In the given table, the sum of the numbers on each row, each
6 10 A
column and each of the two diagonals is the same. What is the
value of ( B − A ÷ C ) × D ? B 8 9

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
22. In the given diagram shows the playing area of a video game
Minesweepers. The blank squares and the squares with numbers D
contain no mines. A shaded square may contain a mine. The 1 1 1
1 2 A
number on a square indicates the total number of mines in the 1 2 B
eight squares sharing a common edge or vertex with that square. 1 1 2 C
sachtienganhhanoi.com

What is the total number of mines among the squares A, B, C, 1 1 1 3


D and E? E 1 1
1 1
2 2 2 2

─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [5]


───────────────────── UP 5────────────────────────
23. Consider all four-digit numbers using each of the digits 1, 2, 3 and 4 exactly once,
possibly with a decimal point somewhere. Starting with the smallest such number,
namely, 1.234, they are listed in ascending order. What is 1000 times the
difference of the 23rd and the 20th numbers?
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
24. In a row are six counters, each either black or white. Between every two adjacent
counters, we place a new counter. If the two adjacent counters are of the same
colour, we place a white counter. If they are of different colours, we place a black
counter. Then we remove the original six counters, leaving behind a row of five
counters. We now repeat this operation one more time, reducing the number of
counters in the row to four. If the last four counters are all white, how many
different colour patterns for the original six counters are there?
An example is attached.

○ ○ ○ ○
● ● ● ● ●
○ ● ○ ● ○ ●
Second operation
● ● ● ● ●
○ ● ○ ● ○ ●
First operation
○ ● ○ ● ○ ● Initial state

────────────────────────────────────────────────
25. Mickey lives in a city with six subway lines. Every two lines have exactly one
common stop for changing lines, and no three lines meet at a common stop. His
home is not at one of the common stops. One day, Mickey suddenly decides to
leave home and travel on the subway, changing trains at least once at each stop
before returning home. What is the minimum number of changes he has to make
to accomplish this task?
────────────────────────────────────────────────
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [6]


2011 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND SOLUTION
1. 2011-1022=989.
Answer:(C)
2. The last lesson starts at 2:30 p.m. As each lesson lasts for forty five minutes, the
last lesson ends at 3:15 p.m. At this time, the minute hand points at three and the
hour hand points between three and four in the clock. Thus the angle between the
hour hand and minute hand is larger than 0° and smaller than 90°.
Answer:(C)
3. The area of figure A, B, C, D and E are 8, 10, 9, 7, 9 respectively.
Answer:(B)
4. The area of the shaded region with respect to toal area in figure A, B, C, D, E
3 4 3 6 20 20 3
are , , , , . Among them, is larger than .
5 8 8 8 25 25 4
Answer:(E)
5. The successive two pages illustrate that those two page numbers are consecutive
natural numbers. As the sum of that two consecutive natural numbers is 345,
The two numbers are (345-1)÷2=172 and 172+1=173 respectively. Therefore ,
the story starts at page172.
Answer:(D)
6. All alphabets are arranged in periodic order, with every five alphabets forms a
period. When 2011 is divided by 5, the remainder equals to 1, it follows that the
2011th alphabet equal to the first alphabet, which is M. Hence A.

Answer:(A)
3 3
7. 3× =3+ . Answer:(B)
2 2
【Remarks】Generally, if a+b=ab, then a, b satisfy ( a − 1)(b − 1) = 1 .
8. The area of the large triangle equals to the area of 16 small shaded triangles.
6 3
Since there are 6 small shaded triangles, the ratio is = =37.5 %.
16 8
Answer:(D)
9. When counts from left to right¸ Mickey is the thirteenth student. He has
seventeen classmates in his right hand side. When Mickey counts from right to
left, he will be the eighteenth student.
Answer:(A)
10. Among the 20 balls, there is only one ball marked with 11. Ten balls with even
sachtienganhhanoi.com

number printed. Four balls with last unit number equals to 5, 6, 7 and 8. There
are 11 balls containing the digit “1” and 9 balls with one digit number printed.
Answer:(D)
11. The pattern of the graphic follows the rule that each four of them forms a period.
Since 2011÷4=502……3, it equals to the third figure, hence A.
Answer:(A)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [7]


12. Each day, a rabbit eats 1.5 carrots and half of a cabbage on average. For seven
days, it needs to eat 10.5 carrots as well as 3.5 cabbages, hence the answer is E in
order to sustain for seven days.
Answer:(E)
13. By folding the cube into a 3 dimensional figure, M and S, I and K, A and O are
opposite faces respectively.
Answer:(B)
14. Riding bicycle to travel 6 km=6000 m. When the front wheel and rear wheel rolls
one cycle, it moves 3m and 2m forward respectively. Thus, when the front wheel
rolls 2000 cycles, the rear wheel has rolled 3000 cycles. Hence D.
Answer:(D)
15. The side length of small square is 30 ÷ 2 ÷ ( 3 + 2 ) = 3 cm, thus the area of six
squares are 6 × 3 × 3 = 54 cm2.
Answer:(C)
16. The second sentence suggested that the green plate is under the
orange plate and the orange plate is under other plates, hence orange purple
the green plate is the most bottom one, with the orange plate on
top. The third sentence suggested that the red plate is the most green blue red
upper one, and then followed by the purple plate. It follows
that X, Y, Z, U and V corresponds to green, orange, blue,
purple and red respectively, as shown in the figure.
Answer:(D)
17. The watch has 24 sections and the minute hand rolls one cycle by 60 minutes.
Thus each two sections equals to 5 minutes. As the hour hand points at 19 and the
minute hand points at 25, the time shown is 19:25.

Answer:(C)
18. Four adults and three children under twelve years old go for a buffet. In order to
minimize the fee, they should choose family set as far as possible:
(1)Choose 2 family set A and 1 family set B, it costs $ 45 × 2 + 70 × 1 = $160;
(2)Choose 2 family set B and 1 kid set, it costs $ 70 × 2 + 25 = $165;
(3)Choose 3 family set A and 1 adult set, it costs $ 45 × 3 + 30 = $165;
Others choice costs more than the above three choices. Hence B.
Answer:(B)
19. Prime factorizations is done on the numbers. If a number can be expressed as the
product of three numbers which are smaller or equals to six, then it satisfies the
condition. Factorize 84 into prime factors, 84 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 7 . 84 cannot be
sachtienganhhanoi.com

expressed by the product of three numbers which are smaller or equals to six.
And 48 = 3 × 4 × 4 ,120 = 4 × 5 × 6 ,180 = 5 × 6 × 6 , 216 = 6 × 6 × 6 . Hence B.
Answer:(B)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [8]


20. Label the five blocks a, b, c, d, e from left to right. First, we fix the position of
block a, b, c (shown in figure 20-a), we then need to use
a 3×3×1 block to fill the space. Hence block d and e can
only form a 3×3×1 block corresponds with choice C.
Answer:(C)

21. The sum of each row, each column and each diagonal is 12+10+8=30, thus A=30
-(10+6)=14, B=30-(9+8)=13, C=30-(9+A)=7, D=30-(12+C)=11. It follows
that ( B − A ÷ C ) × D = (13 − 14 ÷ 7) × 11 = 121 .
Answer:121
22. Obviously, bombs are embedded in grid A, B, C and E. The
number of the upper left corner of grid A is 1 show that that 0
1 1 1
grid with number 1 only has one bomb in its surrounding 1 2
which is at grid A. Hence, there is no bomb in grid D. So 1 2
among grid A, B, C, D, E , only four with bombs embedded. 1 1 2
Answer:004 1 1 1 3
1 1
1 1
2 2 2 2

23. We consider those numbers with integral part be a 1-digit number. Once the
integral part is fixed, the number of permutations of 3 digits in decimal place
equals to 3! =6. As a result, there are total 3! ×4=24 combinations with integral
part being a one-digit number. These are the first 24 numbers in the series. The
23rd number is the second last numbers with integral part equals to 4, that is
4.312. And the 20th number is the second one with integral part equals to 4, that
is 4.312. so the answer is (4.312-4.132)×1000= 180.
Answer:180
24. By working backward, we can consider the status of the counters before each
operation.
If there is one white counter after an operation, there should be two counters with
same colour before the operation.
After operation ○ ○
or
Before operation ○ ○ ● ●
sachtienganhhanoi.com

If there is one black counter after an operation, there should be two counters with
different colours before the operation.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [9]


After operation ● ●
or
Before operation ○ ● ● ○

Using the above process, we can deduce the following:


○ ○ ○ ○

The second operation


○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ●
The first operation

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ● ○ ● ○ ● ● ○ ● ○ ● ○

At the beginning of the game, there are 4 different combinations of 6 counters.


Answer:004

25. Note that every line has 5 interchange stations. When traveling on one line, at
most two changes are made. Thus, Mickey needs to ride at least 3 times on each
line. For the line that come-across his home, he needs to ride four times. (Since it
starts and ends in the station near his home, and there will not be change).As a
result, Mickey needs to ride at least
3 × 5 + 4 = 19 times. In other words, he A B C D E F
needs to make 18 changes. Refer to the H
figure on the right, it shows six lines A, B, 1 2 3 4 5
A
C, D, E, F and interchange stations 1 to 15. 6 7 8 9
Mickey starts at H, he can take the B
10 11 12
following route, which included 18 changes C
13 14
to go back to station H. D
15
H→15→4→1→9→14→3→2→12→5→4 E
→13→10→6→8→11→10→7→9→H

Answer:018 sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [10]


International Mathematics Assessments for Schools

2011 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION SECOND ROUND PAPER


Time allowed:120 minutes

Contestant
Name: Score:
number:

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


z Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
z Remember to write down your name and contestant number in the
spaces indicated on this page.
z The second round paper is composed of three sections with a total of
100 points.
z Question 1~5 in which blanks are to be filled in and only ENGLISH
LETTER are required. Only one answer in each question. Each
question is worth 4 points. There is no penalty for a wrong answer.
z Question 6~13 in which blanks are to be filled in and only ARABIC
NUMERAL answers are required. For problems involving more than
one answer, points are given only when ALL answers are correct. Each
question is worth 5 points. There is no penalty for a wrong answer.
z Complete solutions of question 14 and 15 are required for full credits.
Partial credits may be awarded. Each problem is worth 20 points.
z No calculator or calculating device or electronic devices are allowed.
z Answer must be in pencil or in blue or black ball point pen.
z All papers shall be collected at the end of this test.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [11]


─────────────────────────────────────────────────
2011 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION SECOND ROUND PAPER
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
Questions 1-5, 4 marks each
1. As shown in the diagram, a square floor has been paved
partially with two types of square tiles, A and B, of B
A
respective areas 1600 cm2 and 900 cm2. How many square
tiles of area 100 cm2 are required to pave the remaining
(shaded) part of the floor?
(A)6 (B)7 (C)8 B B
(D)9 (E)10

Answer:
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
2. As shown in the diagram, some of the squares are painted
black. If we wish to have 75% of the whole figure black,
how many more squares must be painted black?
(A)10 (B)11 (C)12
(D)14 (E)16

Answer:
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
3. The 12 people at a party are 6 couples. Each man shakes hands with everyone
else except his own wife. No two women shake hands with each other. What is
the total number of handshakes among these 12 people?
(A)40 (B)45 (C)48 (D)51 (E)60

Answer:
sachtienganhhanoi.com

─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [12]


────────────────────── UP 2 ─────────────────────
5. In the correct addition below, each letter stands for a digit. What is the value of
the sum A+10B+C+D+E+F ?
A 2 E
1 B D
+ F 2 C
6 3 2
(A)15 (B)24 (C)96 (D)100 (E)106
Answer:
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
Questions 6-13, 5 marks each
6. When a bus left the depot, one-half of the seats were empty. At the first stop, a
number of passengers got on but nobody got off. Now one-sixth of the seats are
empty. At the second stop, 7 passengers got on and 2 got off. Then there were no
empty seats and each passenger had a seat. How many seats did this bus have?
Answer: seats
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
7. Using each of the digits 3, 4, 5 and 6 exactly once, form two 2-digit numbers.
What is the difference between the largest possible product and the smallest
possible product of two such numbers?

Answer:
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
8. As shown in the diagram, a 5×7 grid is painted in A
checkerboard fashion, The length of the side of each
square is 1 cm. An ant, starting from A at the top left
corner, crawls along the grid lines to B at the bottom
right corner. If during its movement, a black square is
always on the left side of the ant, what is the minimum
distance, in cm, the ant must crawl? B

Answer: cm
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
sachtienganhhanoi.com

9. The sum of two positive integers a and b is 432, and the sum of their greatest
common divisor and their least common multiple is 7776.
What is the product ab?
Answer:
────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [13]


───────────────────── UP 3 ─────────────────────
10. When harvested from the land, 90% of a turnip consisted of water. After being
exposed in the sun for an hour, 10% of the water had evaporated. Now what the
percentage of the turnip consisted of water? (Give the answer in percentages,
correct to 2 decimal places.)
Answer: %
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
11. As shown in the diagram, an empty cylindrical vessel of negligible
thickness lies on a horizontal surface. The base radius of the vessel is
5 cm and the height is 20 cm. Inside the vessel is a wooden cube
which has side length 6 cm, and its weight is evenly distributed.
When floating in water, the top and bottom faces of the cube will be
horizontal, and 13 of its volume is above water. How much water, in
cm3, must be poured into the vessel so that the top face of the cube is
level with the mouth of the vessel?( π = 3.14 )

Answer: cm3

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
13. As shown in the diagram, there are five pieces used in the video game Tetris. We
have four identical copies of each piece. From the twenty copies, we choose four
and try to use them to form a 4×4 square. The copies may be turned or flipped.
How many different choices are there?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


Answer:
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [14]


────────────────────── UP 4 ─────────────────────
Questions 14 and 15, complete solutions are required for full
credits, 20 marks each
14. A magic number is a positive integer with distinct digits such that the difference
between the number obtained by writing its digits in descending order and the
number obtained by writing its digits in ascending order is equal to the positive
integer itself. For example, 495 is a magic number since 954 − 459 = 495 , and
6174 is another magic number since 7641 − 1467 = 6174 . Are there five-digit
magic numbers? If so, find an example. If not, give an explanation.

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [15]


────────────────────── UP 5 ─────────────────────
15. As shown in the diagram, Leon has a 5×5 sheet of stamps. He cuts out the
5 stamps marked X. In doing so, he satisfies the following three conditions.
(1)No stamps on the edge or at a corner can be cut.
(2)If two stamps share a common edge, they cannot both be cut.
(3)After cutting, the remaining part of the sheet is still in one connected piece.
As it turns out, 5 is the maximum number of stamps that
can be cut. Now Leon has a 7×7 sheet of stamps. What is
X X
the maximum number of stamps that can be cut if the same
three conditions must be satisfied? Give a method for X
cutting that many stamps, and a proof that no larger X X
number of stamps can be cut.

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: stamps
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [16]


2011 upper primary division second round test (solution)
1. The sides of the square 1600 cm2 and 900 cm2 are 40 cm and 30 cm respectively.
Hence the area of the large square is 4900 cm2, the shaded area is
4900 − 1600 − 900 × 3 = 600 cm2. Therefore, the shaded area required 6 pieces of
square brick of 100 cm2.
Answer: (A)
2. In the figure, there are 6 − 4 = 32 squares. And 32 × 75% = 24 . There are 10
2

black squares and so 14 of the white squares must be painted black.


Answer: (D)
3. 【Solution 1】
The question told us that each male guest shakes hands 10 times and each female
guest shakes hands 5 times. The total number of handshakes is 10×6+5×6=90. It
takes two persons to shake hands, hence the total number of handshakes was
counted twice. Therefore, there are 90÷2=45 handshakes among the 12 persons.
【Solution2】
The male and female guests shake hands 5×6=30 times and handshakes among
male guests is 6×5÷2=15 times. So the number of handshakes among the 12
people is 30+15=45 times.
Answer: (B)
4. 21 days is equivalent to 504 hours, which is 3 weeks. Hence 500 hours from
Tuesday 9am will be 5am on another Tuesday.
Answer: (B)
5. 【Solution 1】
As C + D + E ≤ 9 + 9 + 9 = 27 , we need to consider the following three cases:
(i) If C+D+E=22, then B=7 and A+F=4; hence A+10B+C+D+E+F=96;
(ii) If C+D+E=12, then B=8 and A+F=4; hence A+10B+C+D+E+F=96;
(iii) If C+D+E=2, then B=9 and A+F=4; hence A+10B+C+D+E+F=96;
So A+10B+C+D+E+F=96.
【Solution 2】
From (100A+20+E)+(100+10B+D)+(100F+20+C)= 632, we have
100 A + 100 F + 10 B + C + D + E = 492
99( A + F ) + ( A + 10 B + C + D + E + F ) = 492
A + 10 B + C + D + E + F = 492 − 99( A + F )
Hence A+10B+C+D+E+F=492, 393, 294, 195 or 96.
Since A + 10 B + C + D + E + F ≤ 9 + 90 + 9 + 9 + 9 + 9 = 135 , it implies that
A + 10 B + C + D + E + F = 96
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: (C)
6. The number of passengers board the bus before it was full is 7 − 2 = 5 . This is
equivalent to one-sixth of the seats. So the number of seats available in the bus is
1
5 ÷ = 30 .
6
Answer: 30

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [17]


7. In order to maximize the product of two 2-digit number, the larger number must
be placed in the tenth-places, and keeping the difference of the two 2-digits
numbers a minimum. Hence the maximum product is 63×54=3402. To obtain the
minimum product of two two-digit number, the smaller number must be placed in
tenth-places, and keeping the difference of the two 2-digit numbers a maximum.
Hence the minimum product is 35×46=1610. The difference of the two products is
1792.
Answer: 1792
8. In order to achieve a shortest distance from point A to point B, the ant should
avoid crawling left or upward. However, to ensure that the left hand side covered
is always a black square, the ant could not crawl down or right for two
consecutive squares. Every square covered vertically will be followed by a
squared covered horizontally. Similarly, every square covered horizontally will be
followed by a squared covered vertically. From point A to pint B, the ants need to
crawl 7 squares horizontally and 7 squares vertically. So the ants need to crawl
upward at least once. The thick line in the following figure shows one of the
possible routes for the ants to cover a shortest distance from A to B, which is 14
cm.
A

B
Answer: 14cm
9. Let the great common divisor of a and b be d, and a = dm, and b = dn; m and n are
relatively prime. The L.C.M of a and b is then dmn. From the information of the
question, we have
dm+dn=d(m+n)=432 and dmn+d= d(mn+1)=7776.
The two equations give us
mn+1=18(m+n) or mn-18(m+n)+1=0.
Hence (m-18)(n-18) = 182-1 = 17×19. Assume m > n, we have (m-18)
=17×19=323 and n-18=1; or (m-18) =19 and (n-18) =17. If m=341 and n =19;
then m+n=360 and there is no positive integer d satisfying d(m+n) = 432. So this
set of solution is not the required solution. If m = 37 and n = 35, then
d=432/(37+35)=6. Hence a = dm = 222 and b = dn = 210. The product of a and b
is 46620
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: 46620
10. Let x be the weight of the turnip just harvested, and then the turnip contain 0.9x kg
of water. After an hour under the sun, the water content decreases by 10%, that is a
decrease of 10%×0.9x= 0.09x kg. The weight of the turnip is x − 0.09 x = 0.91x kg,
and the percentage of water in turnip is

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [18]


81
( 0.9 − 0.09 ) x ÷ (0.91x) × 100% = × 100% ≈ 89.01%
91
Answer: 89.01%
11. If the surface of the wood and the mouth of the bottle are in the same horizontal
level, the height of water inside the bottle is 20 − 6 × 13 = 18 cm. the volume of the
water is 3.14 × 52 × 18 − 63 × 23 = 1269 cm3.
Answer: 1269 cm3
12. Let a, b and c be the number of frames made respectively for equilateral triangle,
square and regular pentagon by using 100 sticks. In order that at least one of the
three kinds of frames was made, we have the condition 100 – 3 – 4 – 5 = 88. If we
want to have as many frames made as possible, then more frame of equilateral
triangle should be made, and the maximum number of frame made is 29+3=32. In
order to have as few frames made as possible, then more regular pentagons should
be made, and the minimum number of frames made is 18+3=21. We will prove
that the number of frames made could be any integer between 21 and 32. Let the
total number of the frames made be 21+x, where 1 ≤ x ≤ 10. As 21+x = a+b+c,
then 100=3(a+b+c)+b+2c=3(21+x)+b+2c. Simplified, we have b+2c=37–3x.
When 1 ≤ x ≤ 10, b and c could be positive integers, and b+c < 21+x. Hence the
total number of frames is a positive integer between 21 and 32. Therefore, there
are 12 possible values for the total number of the frames made.
Answer: 12
13. According to the symmetric property of square, there are three different settings
for block (b) to be placed in a 4×4 square. Block (a) cannot be place in the third
setting. If block (a) is put in the two other settings, it will lead to an empty region
where no blocks could be placed. Hence, block (a) and block (b) could not be
selected simultaneously. Similarly, block (b) and (e) cannot be selected
simultaneously.

According to the symmetry property of a square, there are two settings for block
(e) to be placed in a 4×4 square. Hence, a 4×4 square could not be formed by
using block (e) alone. If block (e) is selected, block (d) should also be selected
simultaneously.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(1) Only one kind of blocks is used: The first four kinds of blocks can form a 4×4
square (4 pieces each). There are has four choices.
(2) Two kinds of blocks are used together: Block (a) could not be used together

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [19]


with other blocks to form a 4×4 square. Block (e) could only be used together
with block (d) to form a 4×4 square. In the remaining three blocks, any two
types of blocks could be put together to form a 4×4 square. Hence there are
four choices.
(3) Three kinds of blocks are used together: Block (a) and (b) could not be selected
at the same time; similarly blocks (b) and (e) could not be selected
simultaneously. Hence, there are four choices. They are (a)(c)(d), (a)(d)(e),
(b)(c)(d) and (c)(d)(e). The arrangements of blocks are as follows:

(a)(c)(d) (a)(d)(e) (b)(c)(d) (c)(d)(e)

(4) Four kinds of blocks are used together: As block (a) and (b) could not be
selected simultaneously, similarly block (b) and (e) could not be selected
simultaneously. And block (a) (b) (c) (d) could not form a 4x4 square. Hence,
so such arrangement exists.
To conclude, there are 12 choices to form a 4×4 square
Answer:12
14. There is no five-digit “Magic Number”. Suppose not, let N be the five-digit
“Magic Number”. The five digits of the “Magic Number” is arranged as a, b, c, d
and e according to their magnitude in descending order. From the condition,
N = abcde − edcba . According to the magnitude of a, b, c, d and e, the order of
the five digits of N’s is a − e , b − d − 1 , 9, 9 + d b + − . (5 points)
Noted that 9 is the largest number, and obviously a = 9. As 9 + d − b and
10 + e − a are both larger than e, and a − e = 9 − e ≠ e ; we have b − d − 1 = e . (5
points)
Then 9 + d − b = 8 − e , and 10 + e − a = e + 1 . Hence the order of the five digits of
N is 9 − e , e, e+1 and 8 − e . (5 points)
According to the magnitude of the value of a, b, c, d and e, we have d = e + 1 and
b = 9 − e . And from b − d − 1 = e , we have b = 2e + 2 , and so 9 − e = 2e + 2 . And
And obviously such value of e doe not exist. Therefore, no such five-digit “Magic
Number” exists. (5 points)
Answer: No such number exists
The Rubric for the marking (points given)
0 point: Conclusion given, but without any explanation.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

5 point: Using proof by contradiction, using the letters a, b, c, d, e (or other


letters expression) and list them according to the order of magnitude,
and express N based on the magnitude of the numbers.
5 point: Express each number digit of N in terms of a, b, c, d and e.
5 point: Obtain the relationship among the numbers a, b, c, d and e; using
one of them to express the number digit in N.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [20]


5 point: Using each of the number digits in N to prove the conclusion.
15. 【Proof 1】
We estimate an upper limit for the number of stamps
being cut. It is easy to cut out 10 pieces of stamp (two X X X
stamps in the middle of every line). Cutting 11 pieces of X X
stamp is also possible (as shown on the right figure). X X
(10 points) X X
We will then prove that 11 is the maximum number of
X X
stamp that could be cut.
Suppose 12 pieces of stamp could be cut. Let the length
of each stamp be one unit. If 12 pieces of stamp were cut, by conditions 1 and 2,
the “perimeter” of the sheet of remaining stamps is 28+4×12=76. On the other
hand, we can tackle the question as if we are going to stick the stamps back on a
square frame of stamps. The perimeter of a square frame of stamps is (7+5)×4=48,
and we are required to stick back 52 − 12 = 13 pieces of stamp. Each time a stamp
is stick to the frame, the total perimeter will increase by 2. Hence the maximum
perimeter of the stamps put back is 48 + 2 × 13 = 74 < 76 . This is a contradiction.
Therefore, Leon could not cut more than 12 pieces of stamp under such conditions.
(10 points)
Answer: 11 pieces
The Rubric for the marking (points given)
10 point: Only the answer and the diagram are given.
10 point: Proof of the conclusion is given.
【Proof 2】
According to condition (1), at most 25 stamps could be cut. And according to
condition (2), at most 13 stamps could be cut (as shown in figure (a)) (5 points).

X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X

(a) (b) (c)

In the original large sheet fo stamps, at most 3 stamps could be cut in each row. If
sachtienganhhanoi.com

3 stamps is cut in one row, then at most 2 stamps could be cut on its adjunct row,
with proper location of cutting (as shown in figure (b)) . Assume that 12 stamps
could be cut, then at least 2 of the rows having 3 stamps being cut. If 3 stamps
was cut from the third row (or fourth, fifth row) , then condition (3) is not
satisfied (as shown in figure (b)). Hence the cases for cutting 2 rows of 3 stamps
each could only be for the 2nd and the 6th row. It is easy to see that such cases do

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [21]


not satisfy conditions (3). (5 points)
Hence at most 11 stamps could be cut, as shown in figure (c) (10 points).
The Rubric for the marking (points given)
5 point: Provide the answer of at most 13 stamps were cut, according to
conditions (1) and (2).
10 point: Provide the answer of at most 13 stamps were cut, according to
conditions (1) and (2), and prove that at most 11 stamps were cut.
【Proof 3】
At most 11 stamps were cut, as shown in figure (a) (10 pints).
Next show that no more stamps could be cut.
According to condition (1), at most 25 stamps could be cut. And according to
condition (2), at most 13 stamps could be cut. There is only one way, as shown in
figure (b). (5 points).

X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X

(a) (b) (c)

Obviously, figure (b) does not satisfy condition (3).


Next we show that the case of 12 stamps being cut does not exist.
There are two cases to cut 12 stamps In accordance to conditions (1) and (2). The
first case: to stick one stamp in figure (b). The second case: as shown in figure
(c).
It is easy to show that to stick one stamp in figure (b) could never satisfy
condition (3).
Obviously figure (c) could not satisfy condition (3).
Hence 12 stamps could not be cut. (5 points)
The Rubric for the marking (points given)
10 point: Only the answer and the diagram are given.
5 point: To show that there are two cases to have more than 11 stamps, if in
accordance with condition (1) and condition (2). The cases are 13
stamps and 12 stamps.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

10 point: To show that there are two cases to have more than 11 stamps, if in
accordance with condition (1) and condition (2). The cases are 13
stamps and 12 stamps. And show that cutting 13 stamps and 12
stamps could not meet the condition, and conclude that at most 11
stamps could be cut.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [22]


International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
2012 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER
Time allowed:75 minutes

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


GENERAL
1. Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
2. No calculators, slide rules, log tables, math stencils, mobile phones or other
calculating aids are permitted. Scribbling paper, graph paper, ruler and compasses
are permitted, but are not essential.
3. Diagrams are NOT drawn to scale. They are intended only as aids.
4. There are 20 multiple-choice questions, each with 5 choices. Choose the most
reasonable answer. The last 5 questions require whole number answers between
000 and 999 inclusive. The questions generally get harder as you work through the
paper. There is no penalty for an incorrect response.
5. This is a mathematics assessment, not a test; do not expect to answer all questions.
6. Read the instructions on the answer sheet carefully. Ensure your name, school
name and school year are filled in. It is your responsibility that the Answer Sheet
is correctly coded.
7. When your teacher gives the signal, begin working on the problems.
THE ANSWER SHEET
1. Use only lead pencils.
2. Record your answers on the reverse side of the Answer Sheet (not on the question
paper) by FULLY filling in the circles which correspond to your choices.
3. Your Answer Sheet will be read by a machine. The machine will see all markings
even if they are in the wrong places. So please be careful not to doodle or write
anything extra on the Answer Sheet. If you want to change an answer or remove
any marks, use a plastic eraser and be sure to remove all marks and smudges.
INTEGRITY OF THE COMPETITION
The IMAS reserves the right to re-examine students before deciding whether to
grant official status to their scores.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [23]


─────────────────────────────────────────────────
2012 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
Questions 1-10, 3 marks each
1. What is the value of 101010-10101?
(A)90909 (B)10101 (C)100000 (D)900000 (E)10000
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
2. The following figures are formed by identical squares. Which figure has the
longest perimeter?
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

─────────────────────────────────────────────────
3. Which of the following sets of fractions has sum greater than 1?
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) , , (B) , , (C) , ,
3 4 5 2 4 6 2 3 6
1 1 1 1 1 1
(D) , , (E) , ,
2 4 5 2 3 5
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
4. The diagram to the right shows two squares N C
AMND and PQRS inside a rectangle ABCD. The D
areas of the two squares are 16 cm2 and 4 cm2 P S
respectively. What is the sum of area of the
shaded regions in cm2?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)5 Q R
(D)6 (E)7 A B
M
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
5. Mike jogs at constant speed along a road with lamp posts which are evenly
spaced. It takes him 2 minutes to go from the first lamp post to the fifth lamp
post. He continues jogging to the n-th lamp post before turning back. If he
has been jogging for 12 minutes when he returns to the first lamp post, what is
the value of n?
(A)6 (B)9 (C)11 (D)12 (E)13
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
sachtienganhhanoi.com

6. The smallest interior angle of a triangle is 50°. Which of the following


statements about this triangle is correct?
(A)It must be isosceles. (B)It must be right angled.
(C)It must be acute angled. (D)It must be obtuse angled.
(E)None of these is correct.
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [24]


───────────────────── UP 2 ──────────────────────
7. Each of A, B, C and D has a watch.
(1) A’s watch is 10 minutes faster than standard time but A believes that it is
5 minutes slower.
(2) B’s watch is 5 minutes slower than standard time but B believes that it is
10 minutes faster.
(3) C’s watch is 5 minutes faster than standard time but C believes that it is 3
minutes faster.
(4) D’s watch is 5 minutes slower than standard time but D believes that it is
10 minutes slower.
According to their watches and their beliefs, they go to school in order to be just
in time. Who is late?
(A)A (B)B (C)C (D)D (E)No one
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
8. The diagram below shows four squares with numbers which exhibit a certain
pattern. What number should be inside the fourth box?
1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5

14 54 132 ?

4 3 5 4 6 5 7 6
(A)210 (B)260 (C)288 (D)308 (E)330
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
9. A piece of square paper is folded along a straight line, dividing it into two
regions with the same area and the same shape. How many such straight lines
are there?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)3
(D)4 (E)infinitely many
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
10. The three figures in the diagram below have equal perimeters. What is a:b:c?

2a c c

2b 2b
a a
c c
2a c
sachtienganhhanoi.com

a
(A)1:1:1 (B)2:4:5 (C)4:6:5
(D)16:20:25 (E)20:25:24
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [25]


───────────────────── UP 3 ─────────────────────

Questions 11-20, 4 marks each


11. A triangle is formed with 10 matchsticks of equal length connected end to end.
No matchsticks are bent or broken. How many different triangles can be formed?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
12. The total weight of 5 apples is equal to that of 6 bananas, and the total weight of
3 bananas is equal to that of 4 oranges. How many apples have the same total
weight as 16 oranges?
(A)8 (B)9 (C)10 (D)11 (E)12
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
13. Jane begins observing a hyacinth plant on last Friday, when some of its flowers
bloom. Thereafter, the number of flowers which bloom on any day is equal to
the number of flowers which have already bloomed. No flowers wither. All the
flowers have bloomed by the following Thursday. On which day of the week
have exactly half of the flowers bloomed?
(A)Saturday (B)Sunday (C)Monday
(D)Tuesday (E)Wednesday
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
14. The side length of each square in the diagram below is 1 unit. An ant needs 5
seconds to crawl 1 unit horizontally, and 6 seconds to crawl 1 unit vertically. It
requires 1 second to change direction. What is the minimum number of seconds
for the ant to crawl from point A to point B?
B

(A)43 (B)45 (C)46 (D)47 (E)48


─────────────────────────────────────────────────
15. During the holidays, Dick worked part-time washing bowls in a restaurant. He
got paid 3 dollars for washing one bowl. If he broke a bowl, he got no pay for
washing it, and must pay 9 dollars to the owner. In one week, Dick washed 500
sachtienganhhanoi.com

bowls and earned 1368 dollars. How many bowls did he break?
(A)7 (B)8 (C)9 (D)10 (E)11
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [26]


────────────────────── UP 4 ─────────────────────
16. Four coloured lamps are arranged in a 2×2 array, where the letters R, Y, B and W
represent the colours red, yellow, blue and white respectively. Each lamp
changes its colour every minute. In the first minute, the colours of the lamps in
the two rows are interchanged. In the second minute, colours of the lamps in
the two columns are interchanged. See the diagram below. This cycle is then
repeated. What are the colours of the four lamps at the 60th minute?

R Y B W W B
……
B W R Y Y R
st
(start) (1 minute) (2nd minutes)

(A) R Y (B) B W (C) W B (D) Y R (E) Y R


B W R Y Y R W B B W
────────────────────────────────────────────────
17. The elder sister is 12 years old, the younger sister is 8 years old and brother is 3
years old. Their birthdays are in the same day. When the sum of their ages
equal 50, what is the age of the younger sister?
(A)14 (B)15 (C)16 (D)17 (E)18
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
18. Mrs. Wong worked at the airport. She had two consecutive days of rest after
working for eight days. If she rests on Saturday and Sunday this week, at least
how many weeks later will she rest on Sunday again?
(A)4 (B)5 (C)6 (D)7 (E)8
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
19. The diagram below shows four cups in a row, labelled 1, 2, 3 and 4. Initially,
there is a ball inside cup #3. In each move, the ball may be transferred to an
adjacent cup. From cup #1, the ball can only go to cup #2, and from cup #4, the
ball can only go to cup #3. After 2012 moves, which of the following statements
about the ball is correct?

1 2 3 4
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)It cannot be in cup #1 and cannot be in cup #2


(B)It cannot be in cup #1 and cannot be in cup #3
(C)It cannot be in cup #2 and cannot be in cup #3
(D)It cannot be in cup #2 and cannot be in cup #4
(E)It cannot be in cup #3 and cannot be in cup #4
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [27]


────────────────────── UP 5 ─────────────────────
20. On a 4×4 chessboard shown in the diagram below on the left, we wish to place a
minimum number of copies of the shape shown in the diagram below on the right,
so that no more copies of this shape can be placed. Copies may be rotated.
What is this minimum number of copies?

(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6


────────────────────────────────────────────────
Questions 21-25, 6 marks each
21. The diagram below shows a cube with three of its faces labeled A, B and C, and a
3×3 square with six of its squares labelled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The cube is tipped
over so that face C lies on square 1, tipped over again so that face B lies on
square 2, and so on until the cube lies on square 6. What is the sum of the
numbers of the squares on which the cube has laid with face B on top?
A
C
B 5 6
1 4
2 3
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
22. The diagram below shows 7 points A, B, C, D, E, F and G.
E A
F D B
G C

A flea starts from A, in each move the flea jumps from a given point to another
given point and must always follow any one of the two types of jumps.
(1) Jumps two steps to the west (for instance from A to E), jumps two steps
to the south (for instance from A to C), or jumps one step to the
southwest (for instance from A to D).
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(2) Jumps one step to the east (for instance from F to D) or jumps one step
to the north (for instance from F to E).
The flea must make these two types of moves alternately ((1), (2), (1), (2) and so
on, or (2), (1), (2), (1) and so on). It may not land on the same point twice, and
it will stop when it gets to G. How many possible routes can it follow?
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [28]


────────────────────── UP 7 ─────────────────────
23. The number of bicycles in the school bicycles lot is a three-digit number, and the
number of bicycle wheels is also a three-digit number. These six digits are 2, 3,
4, 5, 6 and 7 in some order. At most how many bicycles are there?
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
24. For any positive integers a and b, define a new operation a⊙b which yields the
remainder when the larger of a and b is divided by the smaller one. For
example, 5⊙12 = 12⊙5 = 2. Given that (11⊙x) ⊙11= 2, what is the
minimum value of x?
────────────────────────────────────────────────
25. In the expression 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5, an operation sign (addition, subtraction,
multiplication or division) is placed in each □. The same operation may be
repeated, and brackets may be inserted. What is the largest two-digit number
that can be obtained?
────────────────────────────────────────────────

***

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [29]


─────────────────────────────────────────────────
2012 UPPER PRIMARY FIRST ROUND SOLUTION
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
1. What is the value of 101010-10101?
(A)90909 (B)10101 (C)100000 (D)900000 (E)10000
【Suggested Solution】
101010-10101=90909. Answer:(A)
2. The following figures are formed by identical squares. Which figure has the
longest perimeter?
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

【Suggested solution】
Let the side lengths of squares are 1.The perimeter of figure A is 18; the perimeter of
figure B is 22; the perimeter of figure C is 20; the perimeter of figure D is 16; the
perimeter of figure E is 18. Thus the figure with largest perimeter is B.
Answer:(B)
3. Which of the following sets of fractions has sum greater than 1?
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) , , (B) , , (C) , ,
3 4 5 2 4 6 2 3 6
1 1 1 1 1 1
(D) , , (E) , ,
2 4 5 2 3 5
【Suggested solution】
47
The sum of fractions in A is (which is smaller than 1), the sum of fractions in B
60
11
is (which is smaller than 1), the sum of fractions in C equal to 1, the sum of
12
19
fractions in D is (which is smaller than 1), the sum of fractions in E is greater
20
31
than that of C and is which is greater than 1, so answer is E.
30
Answer:(E)
【Remark】
We can compare the sums with 1 with almost no calculations. Choice A is eliminated
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
sachtienganhhanoi.com

since + + < + + = 1. Choice B is eliminated since + + < + + = 1 .


3 4 5 3 3 3 2 4 6 2 4 4
1 1 1 1 1 1
Choice D is eliminated since + + < + + = 1 . Choice E is the correct one
2 4 5 2 4 4
1 1 1 1 1 1
since + + > + + = 1 .
2 3 5 2 3 6

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [30]


4. The diagram to the right shows two squares N C
D
AMND and PQRS inside a rectangle ABCD.
The areas of the two squares are 16 cm2 and 4 P S
2
cm respectively. What is the sum of area of
the shaded regions in cm2?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)5 Q R
(D)6 (E)7 A B
M
【Suggested solution】
The side lengths of two squares AMND and PQRS are 4cm and 2cm respectively.
Hence MN = 4 cm,PS = PQ = RQ = 2 cm, and the sum of areas of the shaded regions
in the figure is
NP ⋅ PS +QM ⋅ RQ = PS ⋅ ( NP + QM ) = PS ⋅ ( MN − PQ ) = 2 × ( 4 − 2 ) = 4 cm2.
Answer:(B)
5. Mike jogs at constant speed along a road with lamp posts which are evenly
spaced. It takes him 2 minutes to go from the first lamp post to the fifth lamp
post. He continues jogging to the n-th lamp post before turning back. If he
has been jogging for 12 minutes when he returns to the first lamp post, what is
the value of n?
(A)6 (B)9 (C)11 (D)12 (E)13
【Suggested solution】
Mike spends half the time going away from the first lamp post. He reaches the fifth
lamp post in 2 minutes, the ninth lamp post in 4 minutes and the thirteenth lamp post
in 6 minutes. Hence n=13.
Answer:(E)
6. The smallest interior angle of a triangle is 50°. Which of the following
statements about this triangle is correct?
(A)It must be isosceles. (B)It must be right angled.
(C)It must be acute angled. (D)It must be obtuse angled.
(E)None of these is correct.
【Suggested Solution】
Since the smallest interior angle in a triangle is 50°, the maximum interior angle will
not exceed 180°-50°-50° = 80° . Therefore, this triangle must be acute angled.
It does not have to be isosceles as the angles may be (50°, 60°, 70°).
Answer:(C)
7. Each of A, B, C and D has a watch.
(1) A’s watch is 10 minutes faster than standard time but A believes that it is
sachtienganhhanoi.com

5 minutes slower.
(2) B’s watch is 5 minutes slower than standard time but B believes that it is
10 minutes faster.
(3) C’s watch is 5 minutes faster than standard time but C believes that it is 3
minutes faster.
(4) D’s watch is 5 minutes slower than standard time but D believes that it is
10 minutes slower.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [31]


According to their watches and their beliefs, they go to school in order to be just
in time. Who is late?
(A)A (B)B (C)C (D)D (E)No one
【Suggested solution】
B is the only one who is late, by 10-(-5)=15 minutes. A is early by 5-(-10)=15
minutes, C is early by 5-3=2 minutes and D is early by (-5)-(-10)=5 minutes.
Answer:(B)
8. The diagram below shows four squares with numbers which exhibit a certain
pattern. What number should be inside the fourth box?
1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5

14 54 132 ?

4 3 5 4 6 5 7 6
(A)210 (B)260 (C)288 (D)308 (E)330
【Suggested solution】
A possible pattern is that the number inside the box is equal to the sum of the two
numbers at the bottom corners times the product of the two numbers at the top
corners. Hence the number inside the fourth box should be 4 × 5 × ( 7+6 ) =260 .
Answer:(B)
9. A piece of square paper is folded along a straight line, dividing it into two
regions with the same area and the same shape. How many such straight lines
are there?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)3
(D)4 (E)infinitely many
【Suggested solution】
Any straight line passing through the center of the square cuts the
square into two congruent regions as shown in the diagram to the
right. The two halves are identical by a 180° rotation. There are
infinitely many such straight lines.
Answer:(E)
10. The three figures in the diagram below have equal perimeters. What is a:b:c?

2a c c

2b 2b
sachtienganhhanoi.com

a a
c c
2a c
a
(A)1:1:1 (B)2:4:5 (C)4:6:5
(D)16:20:25 (E)20:25:24

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [32]


【Suggested solution】
We have 4b+a=6a =5c so that 4b = 5a and 6a =5c. Thus a:b =4:5 and a:c =5:6,
so that a:b:c = 20:25:24.
Answer:(E)
11. A triangle is formed with 10 matchsticks of equal length connected end to end.
No matchsticks are bent or broken. How many different triangles can be formed?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6
【Suggested solution】
By the Triangle Inequality, the sum of two sides of a triangle is greater than the third
side. The only possible triangles have side lengths (2, 4, 4) and (3, 3, 4).
Answer:(A)
12. The total weight of 5 apples is equal to that of 6 bananas, and the total weight of
3 bananas is equal to that of 4 oranges. How many apples have the same total
weight as 16 oranges?
(A)8 (B)9 (C)10 (D)11 (E)12
【Suggested solution】
From the question, we can deduce that 6 bananas have the same weight as 8 oranges.
Thus 5 apples will have the same weight as 8 oranges. Hence, 10apples will have
the same weight as 16 oranges.
Answer:(C)
13. Jane begins observing a hyacinth plant on last Friday, when some of its flowers
bloom. Thereafter, the number of flowers which bloom on any day is equal to
the number of flowers which have already bloomed. No flowers wither. All the
flowers have bloomed by the following Thursday. On which day of the week
have exactly half of the flowers bloomed?
(A)Saturday (B)Sunday (C)Monday
(D)Tuesday (E)Wednesday
【Suggested solution】
Since the number of flowers which bloom on any day is equal to number of flowers
which have already bloomed, the number of flowers which bloom on the last day is
equal to one half of the total number of flowers. This means that the day for exactly
half of the flowers to have bloomed is Wednesday, the day before the last day.
Answer:(E)
14. The side length of each square in the diagram below B
is 1 unit. An ant needs 5 seconds to crawl 1 unit
horizontally, and 6 seconds to crawl 1 unit vertically.
It requires 1 second to change direction. What is the
sachtienganhhanoi.com

minimum number of seconds for the ant to crawl


from point A to point B? A
(A)43 (B)45 (C)46 (D)47 (E)48

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [33]


【Suggested solution】
In order to minimize the time for the ant to crawl from point A to point B, it should
take as few changes of direction and crawl vertically as few times as possible. The
ant can crawl 2 units upwards from point A, change direction to right, then crawl 5
units horizontally, then change to upwards direction, finally crawling 1 unit and
reach the point B. So the minimum time requires 2×6+1+5×5+1+6=45 seconds。
Answer:(B)
15. During the holidays, Dick worked part-time washing bowls in a restaurant. He
got paid 3 dollars for washing one bowl. If he broke a bowl, he got no pay for
washing it, and must pay 9 dollars to the owner. In one week, Dick washed 500
bowls and earned 1368 dollars. How many bowls did he break?
(A)7 (B)8 (C)9 (D)10 (E)11
【Suggested solution】
After washing 500 bowls, Dick should receive 3×500=1500 dollars, but he only got
1368 dollars, which was 132 dollars less. For each bowl Dick broke, he lost 3
dollars of income and 9 dollars in compensation, for a total of 12 dollars. Thus Dick
had broken 132÷12=11 bowls.
Answer:(E)
16. Four coloured lamps are arranged in a 2×2 array, where the letters R, Y, B and W
represent the colours red, yellow, blue and white respectively. Each lamp changes
its colour every minute. In the first minute, the colours of the lamps in the two
rows are interchanged. In the second minute, colours of the lamps in the two
columns are interchanged. See the diagram below. This cycle is then repeated.
What are the colours of the four lamps at the 60th minute?

R Y B W W B
……
B W R Y Y R
st
(start) (1 minute) (2nd minutes)

(A) R Y (B) B W (C) W B (D) Y R (E) Y R


B W R Y Y R W B B W
【Suggested solution】
R Y B W W B Y R R Y ……
B W R Y Y R W B B W
(1st minute) (2nd minutes) (3rd minutes) (4th minutes)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(initial)

According to the pattern of change in colour of lamps, the colour of lamp changed
back to its original colour every 4 minutes, 60 (1 hour equal to 60 minutes) is a
multiple of 4, and the colour of lamp is equal to the status at the start after an hour.
Answer:(A)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [34]


17. The elder sister is 12 years old, the younger sister is 8 years old and brother is 3
years old. Their birthdays are in the same day. When the sum of their ages equal
50, what is the age of the younger sister?
(A)14 (B)15 (C)16 (D)17 (E)18
【Suggested solution】
This year, the sum of their ages equal to 23. When sum of their ages equal to 50, it
already pass through (50-23) ÷ 3 = 9 years. Therefore the age of younger sister at
that time is 8 + 9 = 17。
Answer:(D)
18. Mrs. Wong worked at the airport. She had two consecutive days of rest after
working for eight days. If she rests on Saturday and Sunday this week, at least
how many weeks later will she rest on Sunday again?
(A)4 (B)5 (C)6 (D)7 (E)8
【Suggested solution】
The next few rest periods are Tuesday and Wednesday; Friday and Saturday; Monday
and Tuesday; Thursday and Friday; Sunday and Monday, and so on. Therefore she
can rest on Sunday again after 10×4+9=49 days, or 7 weeks.
Answer:(D)
19. The diagram below shows four cups in a row, labelled 1, 2, 3 and 4. Initially,
there is a ball inside cup #3. In each move, the ball may be transferred to an
adjacent cup. From cup #1, the ball can only go to cup #2, and from cup #4, the
ball can only go to cup #3. After 2012 moves, which of the following statements
about the ball is correct?

1 2 3 4
(A)It cannot be in cup #1 and cannot be in cup #2
(B)It cannot be in cup #1 and cannot be in cup #3
(C)It cannot be in cup #2 and cannot be in cup #3
(D)It cannot be in cup #2 and cannot be in cup #4
(E)It cannot be in cup #3 and cannot be in cup #4
【Suggested solution】
Since the ball will be transferred to an adjacent cup in each move, the parity of the
cup number will change in each move. After 2012 moves, the parity is unchanged.
Therefore the ball can only in cup #1 or cup #3 after 2012 operations and it cannot be
sachtienganhhanoi.com

in cup #2 or cup #4.


Answer:(D)
20. On a 4×4 chessboard shown in the diagram below on the left, we wish to place a
minimum number of copies of the shape shown in the diagram below on the right,
so that no more copies of this shape can be placed. Copies may be rotated.
What is this minimum number of copies?

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [35]


(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6
【Suggested solution】
Divide the 4×4 chessboard into four 2×2 chessboards. The copies of the shapes
placed must cover at least 2 squares of each 2×2 chessboard in order to prevent
another copy of the shape to be placed within the 2×2 chessboard. Thus we must
cover at least 8 squares, which requires at least 3 copies. These may be placed as
shown in the diagram below.

Answer:(B)
21. The diagram below shows a cube with three of its faces labelled A, B and C, and
a 3×3 square with six of its squares labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The cube is
tipped over so that face C lies on square 1, tipped over again so that face B lies
on square 2, and so on until the cube lies on square 6. What is the sum of the
numbers of the squares on which the cube has laid with face B on top?

A
C
B 5 6
1 4
2 3
【Suggested solution】
When the cube is tipped onto square 1, face B is in front. When the cube is tipped
onto square 2, face B is at the bottom. When the cube is tipped onto square 3, face
B is on the left. When the cube is tipped onto squares 4 and 5, face B remains on
the left. When the cube is tipped onto square 6, face B is on top. Hence the desired
sum is 6. Answer:006
22. The diagram below shows 7 points A, B, C, D, E, F and G.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

E A
F D B
G C

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [36]


A flea starts from A, in each move the flea jumps from a given point to another
given point and must always follow any one of the two types of jumps.
(1) Jumps two steps to the west (for instance from A to E), jumps two steps
to the south (for instance from A to C), or jumps one step to the
southwest (for instance from A to D).
(2) Jumps one step to the east (for instance from F to D) or jumps one step
to the north (for instance from F to E).
The flea must make these two types of moves alternately ((1), (2), (1), (2) and so
on, or (2), (1), (2), (1) and so on). It may not land on the same point twice, and
it will stop when it gets to G. How many possible routes can it follow?
【Suggested solution】
First, there are 3 choices for the first step, jump from point A to point E or point C or
point D. If jump from point A to point E, next step require it to lead backwards but
it is impossible to do so at point E. So this situation does not exist.
If jump from point A to point C, then the next step possible is at point B, and then
jump to point F. And from F, it can jump to point E or point D. Either point E or
point D will result at point G. Thus the condition has 2 routes.
If jump from point A to point D, the next step is it will arrive at point B. Then jump
to point F. And from F, it can jump to point E. The point E will result at point G.
Thus this condition has 1 routes.
To conclude, there are 3 possibilities for a flea to jump from point A to point G.
Answer:003
23. The number of bicycles in the school bicycles lot is a three-digit number, and the
number of bicycle wheels is also a three-digit number. These six digits are 2, 3,
4, 5, 6 and 7 in some order. At most how many bicycles are there?
【Suggested solution】
Let the total number of bicycles be and the total number of wheels be def .
From the question , we have def = 2abc ,so a can only be 2 or 3.
If a = 3,then d can only be 6 or 7。
When d = 6,b can only be 2, then c = 7, thus abc = 327 , def = 654 。
When d = 7,b can only be 6, there does not exist any suitable value for c。
If a = 2,the total number of bicycles is obviously less than 327, therefore there are at
most 327 bicycles.
Answer:327
24. For any positive integers a and b, define a new operation a⊙b which yields the
remainder when the larger of a and b is divided by the smaller one. For
sachtienganhhanoi.com

example, 5⊙12 = 12⊙5 = 2. Given that (11⊙x) ⊙11= 2, what is the


minimum value of x?
【Suggested solution】
If x=1, then 11⊙x = 0 and 0⊙11 is undefined. If x=2, then 11⊙x=1 and 1⊙11=0.
If x=3, then 11⊙x=2 and 2⊙11=1. If x=4, then 11⊙x=3 and 3⊙11=2. Hence the
minimum value of x is 4.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [37]


Answer:004
25. In the expression 2□3□4□5, an operation sign (addition, subtraction,
multiplication or division) is placed in each □. The same operation may be
repeated, and brackets may be inserted. What is the largest two-digit number that
can be obtained?
【Suggested solution】
It is not hard to see that subtraction and division signs should not be used. Now a
multiplication sign must be filled in the last □; otherwise the maximum value will
not exceed 2 × 3 × (4 + 5) = 54. If the two □s in the front are filled with
multiplication signs, then the number obtained is 120, which is not a two-digit
number. If both are filled with addition signs, then the largest value which may be
obtained is (2 + 3 + 4) × 5 = 45. Suppose one is filled with an addition sign and the
other a multiplication sign. For 2 + 3 × 4 × 5, the maximum value which may be
obtained is (2 + 3 × 4) × 5 = 70. For 2 × 3 + 4 × 5, the maximum value which may
be obtained is 2 × (3 + 4) × 5 = 70 also.
Answer:070

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [38]


2nd International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
(2012-2013 )

Upper Primary Division Round 2


Time: 120 minutes

Printed Name;! ! Code; ! Score;! !

Instructions:
z Do not open the contest booklet until you are told to do so.
z Be sure that your name and code are written on the space provided above.
z Round 2 of IMAS is composed of three parts, total score is 100 marks.
z Questions 1 to 5 are given in multiple-choice test. Each question has five possible
options marked as A, B, C, D and E. Only one of these options is correct. After
making your choice, fill in the appropriate letter on the space provided. Each
correct answer is worth 5 marks. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
z Questions 6 to 13 are short answer test. Only Arabic numerals are accepted; using
other written text will not be honored or credited. Some questions have more than
one answer, as such all answers are required to be written down on the space
provided to obtain full marks. Each correct answer is worth 5 marks. There is no
penalty for incorrect answer.
z Questions 14 and 15 require detailed solution or process in which 20 marks are to
be awarded to completely written solution. Partial marks may be given to
incomplete presentation. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
z Using of electronic computing devices is not allowed.
z Only pencil, blue or black ball-pens may be used to write your solution or answer.
z Diagrams are not drawn to scale. They are intended as aids only.
z After the contest the invigilator will collect the contest paper.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

The following area is to be filled up by the judges;


the contestants are not supposed to mark anything here.
Total
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Score Signature

Score

Score

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [39]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [40]


Upper Primary Division Round 2
Questions 1 to 5, 4 marks each
1. Andrew converted 15,700 Yuan to US Dollars for his foreign travel. He spent
US$1,612 on this trip, and converted the remaining US Dollars back to Yuan.
The currency exchange rate (shown below) for that day was the same as on the
day when he converted his Yuan to US Dollars. How much Yuan would he get?
Currency Exchange Rate
US Dollars
Buying 6.25
Selling 6.28

(A)5550 (B)5652 (C)6275 (D)7500 (E)10000

Answer:

2. Which of the statements below is always true?


(A)The sum of several odd numbers is an odd number.
(B)The sum of an odd numbers and an even number is an even number.
(C)The sum of two prime numbers is an even number.
(D)The sum of two odd numbers is a composite number.
(E)One of any three consecutive positive integers must be divisible by 3.

Answer:

3. The diagram shows two identical graduated cylinders


of capacity 900 ml, each containing some water. In
order for both cylinders to contain the same amount of
water, how much water should be poured from the
cylinder on the left into the cylinder on the right?
(A)125 (B)150 (C)175
(D)200 (E)225

Answer:
sachtienganhhanoi.com

4. One of the following two-digit numbers is attached at the end of 2013 to make a
six-digit number. Which number is attached if the six-digit number is divisible by
3, 4 and 7?
(A)12 (B)20 (C)48 (D)56 (E)78

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [41]


UP 2
5. Each of the following five six-sided die has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 spots on its faces.
Which one has a different arrangement of spots from the other four?

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

Answer:

Questions 6 to 13, 5 marks each


6. In the 8 × 10 grid below, how many percents of the figure is shaded?

Answer: %

7. Andy and Ben started at 7:00AM from town A and jogged along the same road in
the same direction. Andy jogged at a constant speed of 6 km/h while Ben jogged
at a constant speed of 4 km/h. At 9:00AM, Ben borrowed a bike along the road
and rode at a constant speed of 10 km/h. He caught up with Andy at town B.
What was the distance between town A and town B?
Answer: km

8. In a promotional sale, anyone who buys a cup of juice at the regular price of 7
dollars can get a second cup of juice by paying 1 more dollar. What is the
minimum number of dollars a party of 9 people must pay if each of them wants a
cup of juice?
Answer: dollars
sachtienganhhanoi.com

9. How many men are there in a party with 35 people if each person shakes hands
with four women and six men?
Answer: men

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [42]


UP 3
10. A rectangular strip, 30 cm in length and 3 cm wide, is folded in a pattern shown
in diagram (2), producing a right angle ∠A . After the strip is completely
folded as shown in diagrams (3) and (4), the lengths of AM and GM are equal.
What is the length of AC in diagram (1)?
B
A A A

G M
A C B
C B B
C C
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer: cm

11. In the figure, △ABC is a right triangle while BDEC, D B


BFGA and ACMN are squares. If the area of the shaded
portion is 48 cm2, what is the area of △ABC? F

C A
E

G M N

Answer: cm2

12. The diagram shows that if a rope is folded


once and be cut in halves, it will separate into
3 pieces; and if it is folded twice instead, it will
separate into 5 pieces. If it is folded 6 times
instead, into how many pieces will it separate? Fold 1 time Fold 2 times

Answer: pieces

13. A 50 cm × 30 cm rectangle is to be covered with a combination of 10 cm × 10 cm


and 20 cm × 20 cm tiles. How many different arrangements are possible?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: arrangements

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [43]


UP 4
Questions 14 to 15, 20 marks each
(Detailed solutions are needed for these two problems)
14. How many positive integers n are there such that among the integers n, n + 1, …
n + 100, there are exactly six which are squares of integers?

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: positive integers

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [44]


UP 5
15. A 9 × 9 chessboard may be covered without overlap with a combination of the
following three shapes. What is the minimum number of copies of the piece
consisting of three squares must be used?

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: copies
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [45]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [46]


2012 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution
15700
1. According the know exchange rate, Andrew converted = 2500 US dollars
6.28
before the trip. After the trip, he has 2500-1612 = 888 US dollars, so he can
converted his remained money to 6.25×888 = 5550 Yuan.
Answer:(A)
2. Because the sum of two odds is an even, so (A) is wrong. Since 1 + 2 = 3, (B) is
wrong. 2 and 3 are both primes, and their sum is an odd, so (C) is wrong. Also,
1+1=2, so (D) is wrong. Among three consecutive positive integers, if the first
one is not divided by 3, its remainder is either 1 or 2. If it is 1, the third integer is
divided by 3; if it is 2, the second integer is divided by 3. Hence, (E) is right.
Answer:(E)
3. From the picture we know that six graduates are equal
to 300 ml, so each graduate is equal to 50 ml. Observe
that the water in the left cylinder is 400 ml more than
400
that of the right one. So we need to pour = 200 ml
2
into the right cylinder.
Answer:(D)
4. According to the property of numbers divided by 3 (the sum of every digit is
divided by 3), we can exclude (B) and (D). Also, according to the property of
numbers divided by 4 (the number last two digit is divided by 4), we can exclude
(E). Since 201312 is not divided by 7, we choose (C).
In fact, 201348 = 3 × 4 × 7 × 2397.
Answer:(C)
5. Among five choices, 3 appears most frequently. So we focus
on 3. If (A) and (B) are the same, (A) should be (B)’s 1
upside-down. So 1 and 4 are on opposite face, which 3 6 5 2
contradicts (C). Hence, one of (A), (B) and (C) is different
from the others. Also, if (C) and (D) are the same, (D) should 4
be (C)’s counterclockwise. That is, 1 and 2 are on opposite
face, which contradicts (E). So one of (C), (D) and (E) is different from the
others. Therefore, (C) must be different from the other dices. The other four dices
should be as this figure.
Answer:(C)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

6. 【Solution 1】 There are 8 × 10 =80 squares in the grid.


The shaded part consists of 18 isosceles right triangles,
which are equal to 9 squares, and 7 squares. Hence, the
16
shaded part is × 100% = 20% of the figure.
80

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [47]


【Solution 2】The area of the grid is 8 × 10 =80. Observe
that the shaded part is composed by Tangram. So the area of
shaded part is four times as large as the red triangle, that is,
16
16. So the shaded part is × 100% = 20% of the figure.
80

Answer:20%
7. 【Solution 1】Ben was (6-4)×2=4 km behind Andy when he rode on the bike,
so it took him 4÷(10-6)= 1 to catch up with Andy. At the same time, they
arrived at town B together. Therefore, it took Andy 3 hours to arrive town B from
town A. Then, the distance between two towns is 6×3=18 km.
【Solution 2】Assume that it took Ben t hours to arrive town B after starting to
ride the bike, so
2 × 4 + 10t = 2 × 6 + 6t , t = 1.
Therefore, the distance between town A and town B is 2 × 4 + 10 × 1 = 18 km.
Answer:18 km
8. 【Solution 1】Since we can get a second cup of juice by paying 1 more dollar
while buying a cup at the regular price of 7 dollars, we will get 8 cups by buying
4 cups and paying 4 more dollars. There are 9 persons, so we need 1 more cup.
They totally cost 4 × 7 + 4 + 7 = 39 dollars.
【Solution 2】We know that we can get 1 more cup of juice by paying 1 more
dollar while buying a cup at the price of 7 dollars. That is, 2 cups of juice cost at
least 8 dollars. Now we need 9 cups. Since 9 = 2 × 4 + 1, it cost us at least 4 × 8 +
1 × 7 = 39 dollars to buy the drink.
Answer:39 dollars
9. Assume that there are x men and 35-x women in the party. Because the number
of times men handshake with women is equal to that of women handshake to
men,
4 x = 6 ( 35 − x ) , x = 21.
So there are 21 men in the party.
Answer:21 men
10. Unfold the strip, the crease should show as the followed picture. By condition,
AM 1 = GM 2 . Since CM 1 = FM 2 = 3 , we know that AC = FG. Hence, the picture
30 3
is centrally symmetric. So AC = − 3 − = 10.5 cm.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

2 2
M1 C E
A B

D F M2 G
Answer:10.5 cm

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [48]


11. Assume that AG meets CM at P, EC meets FG at Q. D B
By Pythagorean theory, we know that the area of
BFGA is equal to the sum of the area of BDEC and F
that of ACMN. From the figure we know the area of
shaded part is 2( S ΔABC + SCQGP ) . Observe that Q C A
△ABP is as large as △AQG, and △ACP is E
overlapping. Hence, S ΔABC = SCQGP . So the area of P
shaded part is 4 SΔABC = 48 cm . Therefore, the area
2 G M N
of △ABC is 12 cm2。
【Note】In the solution, we use the condition of △ABP = △AQG. we are not
testing students if they have the knowledge about congruence of triangles.
Instead, we are testing if they know △ABP and △AQG are the same through
observation.
Answer:12 cm2
12. 【Solution 1】We can get 2 strands of rope when folding for one time; 4 strands
of rope when folding for two times; 8 strands of rope when folding for three
times; 16 strands of rope when folding for four times; 32 strands of rope when
folding for five times;64 strands of rope when folding for six times. If we cut the
rope in halves after folding six times, the rope will be cut at 64 different places.
That is, it will separate into 65 pieces.
【Solution 2】the pieces we get when cutting in halves after folding for several
times have the rule as follow:
Cut the rope in halves after folding for 1 time, we will get 21 + 1= 3 pieces;
Cut the rope in halves after folding for 2 time, we will get 22 + 1 = 5 pieces;
Cut the rope in halves after folding for 3 time, we will get 23 + 1= 9 pieces;
Cut the rope in halves after folding for 4 time, we will get 24 + 1 =17 pieces;
Cut the rope in halves after folding for 5 time, we will get 25 + 1=33 pieces;
Cut the rope in halves after folding for 6 time, we will get 26 + 1 =65 pieces.
Answer:65 pieces
13. Because we will use at most two pieces of square of 20 cm cm when making
paper which length is 50 cm and width is 30 cm, so we turn the problem into
several cases:
(Case 1) There is only 1 way if we use only squares of 10 cm.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(Case 2) We use one piece of square of 20 . There are 8 ways, as followed


there are two kinds of them.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [49]


(Case 3) We use two pieces of squares of 20 cm. Because the width is 30 cm,
the two pieces should be one on the left side, the other one on the
right side. we turn them into several cases:

(a) (b) (c) (d)


Case (a):There are 4 different places to put the other piece.
Case (b):There are 4 different places to put the other piece.
Case (c):There are 2 different places to put the other piece.
Case (d):There are 2 different places to put the other piece.
To sum up, there are 1+8+4+4+2+2=21 different ways.
Answer:21 ways
14. Assume that the perfect squares between n and n+100 are
m 2 , ( m + 1) , ( m + 2 ) , ( m + 3 , ( m + 4 ) , ( m + 5 ) .
2 2 2 2 2

While m ≥ 8 , ( m + 5) − m 2 = 10m + 25 > 100 . Hence, m ≤ 7 . (5 marks)


2

( m + 6) > n + 100 and ( m − 1) < n , so


2 2
From the problem we know that
( m + 6)
− (m − 1) 2 = 14m + 37 > 100 . That is, m ≥ 5 .
2

Hence, 5 ≤ m ≤ 7 . (5 marks)
(Case 1) If m=5, six perfect numbers are 25, 36, 49, 64, 81, 100. Because the
largest perfect number smaller than 25 is 16, the smallest perfect
number larger than 100 is 121, the range of n are 17 ≤ n ≤ 20 .
Hence, there are 4 possible values.
(Case 2) If m=6, six perfect numbers are 36, 49, 64, 81, 100, 121. Because
the largest perfect number smaller than 36 is 25, the smallest perfect
number larger than 121 is 144, the range of n are 26 ≤ n ≤ 36 .
Hence, there are 11 possible values.
(Case 3) If m=7, six perfect numbers are 49, 64, 81, 100, 121, 144. Because
the largest perfect number smaller than 49 is 36, the smallest perfect
number larger than 144 is 169, the range of n are 44 ≤ n ≤ 49 .
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Hence, there are 6 possible values. (10 marks)


To sum up, there are 4+11+6=21 possible values.
Answer:21
【Marking Scheme】
Find m ≤ 7 , 5 marks;
Find m ≥ 5 , 5 marks;

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [50]


Discuss the three situations exactly, 10 marks. If only one or two situations are
exact, 5 marks.
Only exact solution without the solving process, 5 marks.
15. As shown, we color the squares lie on both odd row and odd column. There are
totally 5×5=25 red squares. (5 marks)

Generally call these shapes “polyomino”, specifically called the first shape
“tromino”.
It’s clear that a polyomino cover at most a red square. Hence, we need at least 25
polyominoes to cover the chessboard. Assume that m trominoes are used, n
copies of other two shapes are used, then
m + n ≥ 25 。 (5 marks)
Also, each tromino will cover 3 squares, each copy of the other two shapes will
cover 4 squares, then
3m + 4n = 9 × 9 = 81 。
Hence,
4n = 81 − 3m .
Also,
4m + 4n ≥ 100 .
Therefore,
4m + ( 81 − 3m ) ≥ 100 ,
m ≥ 19 . (5 marks)
So we need at least 19 trominoes. As followed there is a case satisfied. (5 marks)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:19 copies

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [51]


【Note】Because 25 polyominoes are used, including 19rominoes, there are only
6 pieces of the other two shapes. Generally speaking, we only need to arrange
these 6 pieces properly, the rest of squares can be covered by 19 trominoes. For
example, here is another way to cover the rectangle,

【Marking Scheme】
Giving the exactly painting way , 5 marks;
Knowing m + n ≥ 25 , 5 marks;
Find m ≥ 19 , 5 marks;
Construct a covering way satisfied the conditions, 5 marks;
Only numerical solution without constructing a covering way, 0 marks.

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [52]


International Mathematics Assessments for Schools

2013 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER


Time allowed:75 minutes

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


GENERAL
1. Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
2. No calculators, slide rules, log tables, math stencils, mobile phones or other
calculating aids are permitted. Scribbling paper, graph paper, ruler and compasses
are permitted, but are not essential.
3. Diagrams are NOT drawn to scale. They are intended only as aids.
4. There are 20 multiple-choice questions, each with 5 choices. Choose the most
reasonable answer. The last 5 questions require whole number answers between
000 and 999 inclusive. The questions generally get harder as you work through the
paper. There is no penalty for an incorrect response.
5. This is a mathematics assessment, not a test; do not expect to answer all questions.
6. Read the instructions on the answer sheet carefully. Ensure your name, school
name and school year are filled in. It is your responsibility that the Answer Sheet
is correctly coded.
7. When your teacher gives the signal, begin working on the problems.
THE ANSWER SHEET
1. Use only lead pencils.
2. Record your answers on the reverse side of the Answer Sheet (not on the question
paper) by FULLY filling in the circles which correspond to your choices.
3. Your Answer Sheet will be read by a machine. The machine will see all markings
even if they are in the wrong places. So please be careful not to doodle or write
anything extra on the Answer Sheet. If you want to change an answer or remove
any marks, use a plastic eraser and be sure to remove all marks and smudges.
INTEGRITY OF THE COMPETITION
The IMAS reserves the right to re-examine students before deciding whether to
grant official status to their scores.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [53]


2013 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER

Questions 1-10, 3 marks each


1. What is the value of the expression 3 × 11 × 61 + 3 + 11 + 61?
(A)2013 (B)2088 (C)2113
(D)4026 (E)4052169

2. Which of the following is the closest in length to one day?


(A)0.9 days (B)1.2 days (C)23 hours
(D)26 hours (E)1410 minutes

3. Walter has two options when going to school. He can (a) walk 3 minutes to the
bus stop and then ride the bus for 15 minutes to the school, or (b) walk 5 minutes
to the subway stop and then ride the subway for 6 minutes and walk 5 minutes to
school. If he does not have to wait for the bus at the bus stop, nor the train on the
subway station, what is the minimum number of minutes required for him to get
to school?
(A)15 (B)16 (C)17 (D)18 (E)19

4. Which of the following five numbers is divisible by 6?


(A)98 (B)163 (C)192 (D)212 (E)254

5. Zachary has a computer program which accepts an input and produced an output.
Some of the data are shown in the following table.
Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Output 4 7 10 13 16 ? 22
What is the output when the input is 6?
(A)17 (B)18 (C)19 (D)20 (E)21

6. In the diagram, AD is parallel to BC. A point P moves from C to D along the side
CD. Which of the following is the accurate description of the change in the area
of triangle ABP during the motion?
A D
sachtienganhhanoi.com

B C
(A)increasing (B)decreasing (C)increasing then decreasing
(D)decreasing then increasing (E)unchanged

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [54]


UP 2
7. Langford has a square piece of chocolate divided into unit squares. After eating
some of the unit squares, what is left of the square piece is shown in the diagram.
At least how many unit squares of chocolate must Langford have eaten?

(A)20 (B)24 (C)36 (D)40 (E)64

22
8. When is expressed as a decimal without rounding, how many decimal
7
places should we take so that the positive difference between this result and
3.14159 is as small as possible?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)3 (D)4 (E)5

9. The diagram shows nine cards numbered 1 to 9. One of the cards is removed, and
the sum of the numbers on the remaining cards is 8 times the number on the card
that was removed. What is the number on the card that was removed?

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

(A)5 (B)6 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9

10. Mrs. Huang spent three days making ornaments. The diagram shows the
percentage of the total number of ornaments that she made on each day. If she
made 152 ornaments on the first day, how many ornaments did she make on the
third day?

19% First day


45% Second day
sachtienganhhanoi.com

36% Third day

(A)190 (B)360 (C)450 (D)720 (E)800

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [55]


UP 3

Questions 11-20, 4 marks each


11. The tangram puzzle is made as shown in the diagram. Start with a 4 by 4 grid as
shown in figure (a) and cut along the dotted lines as shown in (b). This will result
with seven pieces as in (c). Both figures (d) and (e) are constructed from some of
these pieces. What is the ratio between the area of the figure in (d) and the area of
the figure in (e)?

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


(A)1:1 (B)3:1 (C)5:3 (D)9:7 (E)11:5

12. The two digits of each of four consecutive two-digit numbers are multiplied and
the respective products are 24, 28, 32 and 36. What is the sum of the four
consecutive numbers?
(A)120 (B)136 (C)160 (D)172 (E)190

13. Lily constructs a figure, in the shape of a butterfly, as shown in the diagram. She
uses two squares of side length 6 cm and four semicircles with diameter 6 cm. If
we take π to be 3.14, what is the area of the figure?

(A)36 (B)72 (C)128.52 (D)185.04 (E)298.08

14. A box contains ten black balls and ten white balls and there are no balls outside
the box. In each step Mickey is allowed to do one of the two things. (a) He may
sachtienganhhanoi.com

take a white ball and a black ball from the box and place them outside. (b) If
there is at least one black ball outside the box, he may take a white ball from the
box and place it outside, and return a black ball from outside into the box. After
six steps Mickey counts the number of balls outside the box. How many possible
answers are there?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [56]


UP 4
15. Bucket A is one-sixth full of water while bucket B contains 60 litres of water. If
we empty the water in bucket B into bucket A then bucket A is half full of water.
If instead we empty the water in bucket A into bucket B then bucket B is full.
What is the capacity, in litres, of bucket B?
(A)70 (B)80 (C)90 (D)100 (E)180

16. The diagram shows an addition table on three numbers X, Y and Z. A number in
the table is the sum of the two numbers, one in the same row and the other in the
same column, which are represented by letters. For instance, X+Y=16. What is
the product of the numbers X, Y and Z?
+ X Y Z
X 16 19
Y 16 23
Z 19 23
(A)780 (B)800 (C)850 (D)900 (E)960

a+b 3 ⎛1 ⎞ 1
17. We define a Θ b = . If Θ ⎜ Θ □ ⎟ = , what number is represented by
2 4 ⎝6 ⎠ 2
□ ?
1 13 1
(A)3 (B) (C) (D)4 (E)
3 24 4

18. Mickey is asked to multiply three positive integers, but he adds them instead.
Amazingly, his correct answer is equal to the correct answer for the
multiplication problem. What is the sum of these three numbers?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)5 (D)6 (E)7

19. There are 54 grid points on the 5 by 8 grid, shown in the diagram, where the side
of each small square is 1 cm. Starting from point P, an ant crawls from grid point
to grid point along the grid lines, visiting each grid point exactly once before
returning to P. What is the maximum length of its path, in cm?
P
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)26 (B)30 (C)36 (D)54 (E)93

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [57]


UP 5

20. When asked to find


4 5
, Quentin does that to ,
5 6
7 9
Rachel does that to and Sarah does that to . Whose answer is closest to
9 11
the correct answer?
(A)Peter (B)Q uentin (C)Rachel
(D)Sarah (E)Can not be determined

Questions 21-25, 6 marks each


21. Three workers are cutting the grass in seven plots of equal size. Each worker can
cut the grass in one plot in three hours. To avoid interference with each other, at
most one worker may be cutting grass in the same plot at the same time. What is
the minimum number of hours required before they can finish cutting the grass in
all seven plots?

22. Jerry buys n books from eight bookshops. For any two bookshops, there is
exactly one of the n books that both shops have in stock. What is the value of n?

23. The diagram shows a square swimming pool with a layer of white tiles
surrounding it. This inner layer is surrounded by a layer of black tiles and this
layer is surrounded by an outer layer of white tiles. There are no gaps between
layers or between the inner layer and the swimming pool. Each tile, black or
white, is a square of side length 0.5 m. If the number of white tiles is 60 more
than the number of black tiles, what is the area, in m2, of the swimming pool?

Swimming
Pool
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [58]


UP 6
24. The number 1234567891011…198199200 is obtained by writing 1 to 200 in
ascending order in a row. We now divide this number into blocks of length three,
resulting in a sequence of three-digit numbers 123, 456, 789, 101, 112, and so on.
What is the 35th number in this sequence?

25. The six faces of a cubical die are labelled with six different positive integers. If
the numbers on any two adjacent faces differ by at least 2, what is the minimum
value of the sum of these six numbers?

***

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [59]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [60]


Solution to First Round of 2013 IMAS Upper Primary Division

1. What is the value of the expression 3 × 11 × 61 + 3 + 11 + 61?


(A)2013 (B)2088 (C)2113
(D)4026 (E)4052169
【Suggested Solution #1】
Since 3 × 11 × 61 + 3 + 11 + 61 = 2013 + 3 + 11 + 61 = 2088 .
【Suggested Solution #2】
It is clear that 3 × 11 × 61 + 3 + 11 + 61is the sum of four odd numbers. So the answer
will be an even number, then the options (A), (C) and (E) cannot be the answers,
but3 × 11 × 61 + 3 + 11 + 61 ≤ 40 × 61 + 100 ≤ 2540 , it follows that option D cannot be
the answer. Hence, we choose (B).
Answer: B
2. Which of the following is the closest length of time for one day?
(A)0.9 day (B)1.2 day (C)23 hours
(D)26 hours (E)1410 minutes
【Suggested Solution】
Let us convert all the time measurements into minutes. 1 day = 1440 minutes, 0.9 day
= 1296 minutes, 1.2 day = 1728 minutes, 23 hours = 1380 minutes, 26 hours = 1560
minutes and
1440 − 1296 = 144
1728 − 1440 = 288
1440 − 1380 = 60
1560 − 1440 = 120
1440 − 1410 = 30
Hence, 1410 minutes is closest to 1440 minutes, which is nearer to 1 day.
Answer: E
3. Walter has two options in going to school. He can (a) walk 3 minutes to the bus
stop and ride the bus for 15 minutes to the school, or (b) walk 5 minutes to the
LRT station, ride a train for 6 minutes and walk 5 minutes to school. If he does
not have to wait for the bus at the bus stop, nor the train on the LRT station, what
is the minimum number of minutes required for him to get to school?
(A)15 (B)16 (C)17 (D)18 (E)19
【Suggested Solution】
sachtienganhhanoi.com

When Walter selects option (a) for going to school from his house, he needs a total
3+15=18 minutes. When he selects option (b), he needs 5+6+5=16 minutes. Hence,
Walter needs at least 16 minutes in going to school.
Answer: B

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [61]


4. Which of the following five numbers is divisible by 6?
(A)98 (B)163 (C)192 (D)212 (E)254
【Suggested Solution】
A number is divisible by 6 if it is divisible both by 2 and 3. While a number is
divisible by 2 if its last digit is an even number, hence option (B) is not the required
number. Likewise, a number is divisible by 3 if the sum of the digits of the number is
divisible by 3. After doing the divisibility test, 9+8=17, 1+9+2=12, 2+1+2=5,
2+5+4=11. Hence, only option (C) satisfies the Property of Divisibility.
Answer: C
5. Zachary has a computer program which accepts an input and produces an output.
Some of the data are shown in the following table.
Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Output 4 7 10 13 16 ? 22
What is the output when the input is 6?
(A)17 (B)18 (C)19 (D)20 (E)21
【Suggested Solution #1】
From the given information, it shows that the output data is 1 more than three times
that of the input data. Thus, when we enter, the output will become 3 × 6 +1 = 19.
【Suggested Solution #2】
From the given information, we discover that the output data is an arithmetic
sequence which is composed of 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, ..., with a common difference of 3.
Hence, when the input data is 6, the output data is 16 +3 = 19.
Answer: C
6. In the diagram, AD is parallel to BC. A point P moves from C to D along the side
CD. Which of the following is the accurate description of the change in the area
of triangle ABP during the motion?
A D
P

B C

(A)increasing (B)decreasing
(C)increasing then decreasing
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(D)decreasing then increasing (E)unchanged


【Suggested Solution】
Let us consider AB as the base of △ABP, when point P is a moving point starting
from point C to point D , the distance from point P to side AB keeps on decreasing,
Hence, the area of △ABP becomes smaller and smaller.
Answer: B

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [62]


7. Langford has a square piece of chocolate divided
into unit squares. After eating some of the unit
squares, what is left of the square piece is shown
in the diagram. At least how many unit squares of
chocolate Langford must have eaten?
(A)20 (B)24 (C)36
(D)40 (E)64
【Suggested Solution】
Let the side length of each small square chocolate as 1 unit. From the diagram, we
can easily determine the side length of each side of the original big square chocolate
is 8 units. Hence, we know there are 24 small un-eaten or remaining chocolates. So
we conclude Langford has at least eaten 8 × 8-24=40 small squares of chocolate.
Answer: D
22
8. When is expressed as a decimal without rounding, how many decimal
7
places should we take so that the positive difference of the result with 3.14159 is
small as possible?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)3 (D)4 (E)5
【Suggested Solution】
22
Since = 3.142857, so when we find the difference of 3.14159 with each of the
7
22
rounding number of , (that is; one digit at a time right after the decimal point of
7
22
), we have the following:
7
3.14159 − 3.1 = 0.04159
3.14159 − 3.14 = 0.00159
3.142 − 3.14159 = 0.00041
3.1428 − 3.14159 = 0.00121
3.14285 − 3.14159 = 0.00126
#
From the above expressions, we know that the smallest positive difference between
3.14159 and each of the rounding off number one by one right after the decimal point
22
of will happen when three digits is taken. The difference between 3.14159 and
7
sachtienganhhanoi.com

22
the other rounding off numbers of when 4 is taken and more digits will be
7
increasing again. Hence, we must choose the option (C).
Answer: C

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [63]


9. The diagram shows nine cards numbered 1 to 9. One of the cards is taken out,
and the sum of the numbers of the remaining cards is 8 times that card. What is
the number on the card that was taken out?

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

(A)5 (B)6 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9


【Suggested Solution】
From the given information, we know the sum of all numbers in those nine cards is 1
+ 8 = 9 times the number on the card that will be pulled out. Since 1 + 2 + 3 +⋅ ⋅ ⋅ + 8
+ 9 = 45 = 9 × 5, then the card that must have been taken out is the number 5.
Answer: A
10. Mrs. Huang spent three days making ornaments.
The diagram shows the percentage of the number 19% 1st day
of ornaments she made on each day. If she made
152 ornaments on the first day, how many 45% 2nd day
ornaments did she make on the third day? 36% 3rd day
(A)190 (B)360 (C)450
(D)720 (E)800
【Suggested Solution #1】
From the given pie chart, we know there are a total of 152 ÷ 19% = 800 ornaments,
hence Mrs. Huang made a total of 800 × 45% = 360 ornaments on the third day.
【Suggested Solution #2】
From the given information we know that the ornaments Mrs. Huang prepared on
45
third day are times than that of the first day. Therefore, on the third day, Mrs.
19
45
Huang made a total of 152 × = 360 ornaments.
19
Answer: B
11. The tangram puzzle is arranged as shown in the diagram. Start with a 4 by 4 grid
as shown in figure (a) and cut along the dotted lines as shown in (b). This will
result with seven pieces as in (c). Both figures (d) and (e) are constructed from
some of these pieces. What is the ratio between the area of the figure in (d) and
the area of the figure in (e)?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)


(A)1:1 (B)3:1 (C)5:3 (D)9:7 (E)11:5

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [64]


【Suggested Solution】
From diagram (a), we know the area of each grid is 1square unit, so the area of the
seven-piece tangram in the diagram (b) is 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 4, and 4 square units
respectively. It follows that the area of diagram (d) is 1 + 2 + 4 + 2 = 9 square units
while the area of the diagram (d) is 1 + 2 + 4 =7 square units.
Answer: D
12. The two digits of each of four consecutive two-digit numbers are multiplied, and
the respective products are 24, 28, 32 and 36. What is the sum of the four
consecutive numbers?
(A)120 (B)136 (C)160 (D)172 (E)190
【Suggested Solution #1】
Let us express 24 28, 32 and 36 as products of two numbers, so we have
24 = 3 × 8 = 4 × 6,
28 = 4 × 7,
32 = 4 × 8,
36 = 4 × 9 = 6 × 6.
Since there are 4 consecutive numbers, then each of which is a two-digit number, and
from the above series of multiplication, we know that the four consecutive numbers
must be 46, 47, 48 and 49 with a sum of 190. Hence, we select option (E).
【Suggested Solution #2】
From the given information, we know the resulting product does not contain the digit
0, so the tens’ place of these four consecutive numbers must be identical. Let a
represent the tens’ place of each of them. Since two consecutive numbers are always
relatively prime, then the greatest common factor of 24, 28, 32, 36 is a. Hence, a = 4,
and the ones’ digit of these four consecutive numbers are 6, 7, 8 and 9, Therefore, the
sum of these four consecutive numbers is 46 +47 +48 +49 = 190. We choose (E) as
our answer.
Answer: E
13. Lily makes a butterfly-shaped figure as illustrated in
the diagram. She uses two squares of side length 6 cm
and four semicircles with diameter 6 cm. If we take π
to be 3.14, what is the area of the figure?
(A)36 (B)72 (C)128.52
(D)185.04 (E)298.08
【Suggested Solution】
From the given information, the area of each square is 62 = 36 cm2 while four
sachtienganhhanoi.com

identical semi circles will be treated as two circle, that is; the area of each circle is
2
⎛6⎞ 2
π ⎜ ⎟ = 3.14 × 9 =28.26 cm . Thus, the area of the entire diagram is 36 ×2 + 28.26 × 2 =
⎝2⎠
128.52 cm2.
Answer: C

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [65]


14. A box contains ten black balls and ten white balls, and there are no balls outside
it. In each step, Mickey is allowed to do one of the two tasks. (a) He may take a
white ball and a black ball from the box and place them outside. (b) If there is at
least one black ball outside the box, he may take a white ball from the box and
leave it outside, and return a black ball from outside into the box. After six steps,
Mickey counts the number of balls outside the box. How many possible answers
are there?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6
【Suggested Solution】
Because every time one white ball is taken out from the box, so the number of balls
outside the box depends on the black ball. From the rules of the game,
- when performing task (a) six times, then there will be 6 black balls outside the box;
- when performing task (a) five times and task (b) one time, there will be 4 black
balls outside the box;
- when performing task (a) four times and task (b) two times, there will be 2 black
balls outside the box;
- when performing task (a) three times and task (b) also three times, then no black
balls will be outside the box.
We know it is not possible to perform task (b) more than three times, or else there are
not enough black balls outside the box. Therefore, there could be 6, 8, 10 or 12 balls
outside the box. Hence, we could select option (C).
Answer: C
15. Bucket A is one-sixth full of water while bucket B contains 60 litres of water. If
we empty the water in bucket B and pour it into bucket A, then bucket A is half
full of water. If instead we empty the water in bucket A into bucket B, then
bucket B is full. What is the capacity, in litres, of bucket B?
(A)70 (B)80 (C)90 (D)100 (E)180
【Suggested Solution】
1⎛ 1 1 ⎞
From the given information, we know that ⎜ = − ⎟ of the capacity of the bucket
3⎝ 2 6 ⎠
1
is 60 litres. Hence, the capacity of the bucket A is 60 ÷ = 180 litres. Therefore, the
3
1
capacity of bucket B is 180 × =90 litres.
2
Answer: C
16. The diagram shows an addition table of three numbers X, Y and
+ X Y Z
Z. A number in the table is the sum of the two numbers, one in
sachtienganhhanoi.com

the same row and the other in the same column, which are X 16 19
represented by letters. For instance, X+Y=16. What is the
product of the numbers X, Y and Z?
(A)780 (B)800 (C)850 Z 19 23
(D)900 (E)960

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [66]


【Suggested Solution】
From the table, we have X + Y = 16 and X + Z = 19, it follows that Z-Y = 3. But Y +
Z = 23, so that Y = 10, Z = 13, X = 6. Hence, the product of the numbers X, Y and Z is
6×10×13=780.
Answer: A
a+b 3 ⎛1 ⎞ 1
17. We define a Θ b = . If Θ ⎜ Θ ⎟ = , what number is represented by
2 4 ⎝6 ⎠ 2
□ ?
1 13 1
(A)3 (B) (C) (D)4 (E)
3 24 4
【Suggested Solution】
By observation, we know the new operation is the same as computing the average of
3 ⎛1 ⎞ 1
two numbers. Next for mathematical sentence Θ ⎜ Θ ⎟ = , we will first
4 ⎝6 ⎠ 2
consider the bracket as another number, then the average of the number inside the
3 1 1 3 1
brackets and is , that is; Θ = 1− = , it follows the average of and
4 2 6 4 4
1 1 1 1 1
equals . Thus, we have = ×2− = .
6 4 4 6 3
Answer: B
18. Mickey is asked to multiply three positive integers, but he adds them instead.
Amazingly, his correct answer is equal to the correct answer for the
multiplication problem. What is the sum of these three numbers?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)5 (D)6 (E)7
【Suggested Solution】
Assume the three positive integers are arranged in increasing order as a, b and c.
Obviously not all of a, b and c are equal to 1, or else abc = 1 ≠ 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 , then c ≥ 2.
From the given information, the possible value of a is only 1, otherwise the product
of these three positive integers is more than their sum (because
abc ≥ 2bc = bc + bc > 2b + c ≥ a + b + c ), hence 1 + b + c = bc. Similarly, when
b ≥ 3, if follows that bc is greater than or equal to three times of c, but 1 + b + c is
less than 3 times of c, this implies the value of b is 2.。Hence, 1 + 2 + c = 2c, we have
c=3. Therefore, sum of these three positive integers is 1 + 2 + 3 = 6.
Answer: D
19. There are 54 grid points on the 5 by 8 grid diagram
P
as shown, where the side of each small square is 1
sachtienganhhanoi.com

cm. Starting from point P, an ant crawls from grid


point to grid point along the grid lines, visiting
each grid point exactly once before returning to P.
What is the maximum length of its path, in cm?
(A)26 (B)30 (C)36
(D)54 (E)93

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [67]


【Suggested Solution】
Let us paint each point in the given grid points alternately using black and white
colors as shown in Figure (a), then there will be 27 white grid points and another 27
black grid points. Starting from the point P, the ant moves to black grid point first and
then to white grid point, followed by another black point, then white point, …,
moving to alternating color grid points. The ant crawls in the path of alternating
colors (via black and white) and visits all the grid points, the ant returns back to point
P. The distance between every consecutive two adjacent grid points is 1 cm. There
are a total of 54 grid points, and the start and end points are P, the circle on a total of
54 points. So the ant must also crawl in a total length of 54 cm in the complete path
as illustrated in Figure (b) below. Hence, we select option (D).
Answer: D
P P

(a) (b)
4 5 7 9
20. When asked to find + + + , each of four children makes a mistake. Peter
5 6 9 11
4 5
interchanges the numerator and denominator in , Quentin does that to ,
5 6
7 9
Rachel does that to and Sarah does that to . Whose solution is closest to
9 11
the correct answer?
(A)Peter’s (B)Quentin’s (C)Rachel’s
(D)Sarah’s (E)Cannot be determined
【Suggested Solution #1】
4
Peter is too careless and reverses the numerator and denominator of , it follows
5
5 4 9
the result of his calculation is − = more than the original sum.
4 5 20
5
Quentin interchanges the numerator and denominator of fraction , then the result
6
sachtienganhhanoi.com

6 5 11
of his computation is − = bigger than the correct sum.
5 6 30
7
Rachel interchanges the numerator and denominator of , this implies the results
9
9 7 32
she computes as − = more than the original sum.
7 9 63

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [68]


9
Sarah interchanges the numerator and denominator of the fraction , that is; her
11
11 9 40
result is − = greater than the original sum.
9 11 99
11 12 2 9 8 2 32 1 2 40 40 2
Since < = while > = , > > , > = , so
30 30 5 20 20 5 63 2 5 99 100 5
Quentin’s computation results is the one with the smallest difference with the
correct value. Hence, his computation will be nearer to the correct sum.
【Suggested Solution #2】
When there are two fractions whose values are both less than 1, suppose a > b , then
1 1 1 1
< , it follows − a < − b, so the numerator and denominator of the fractions
a b a b
among the four that have been computed upside down with the biggest values will
have the smallest difference with the correct sum of those four fractions.
Answer: B
21. Three workers are cutting the grass in seven plots of equal size. Each worker can
cut the grass in one plot in three hours. To avoid interference with each other, at
most one worker may be cutting grass in the same plot at the same time. What is
the required minimum number of hours before they can finish cutting the grass in
all seven plots?
【Suggested Solution】
Consider the working load in cutting grass of a complete plot is 1, then the work rate
1
of each worker in one hour is . Hence, the required minimum time for 3 workers to
3
1
finish cutting the grass in all seven plots is 7 ÷ ( × 3) = 7 hours. The following shows
3
that the three workers can complete cutting the grasses of the 7 plots in 7 hours only.
First, each worker will spend 3 hours each in cutting the grass of the plot assigned to
them. Next, each of them will alternately spend 1 hour in cutting the grass of a same
plot (that is the fourth plot ), and finally each of them will spend 3 hours each in
cutting the grass of another plot assigned to them. It means that the first worker will
cut the grass in plot #4, plot #5, plot #5, plot #5; the second worker will cut the grass
in plot #6, plot #4, plot #6, plot #6; while the third worker will cut the grass in plot #7,
plot #7, plot #4, plot #7. Thus, it requires a total of 3 +1 +3 = 7 hours.
Answer: 007
22. Jerry buys n books from eight bookshops. For any two bookshops, there is
exactly one of the n books that both shops have stock. What is the value of n?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

【Suggested Solution】
Let us consider each bookshop as one point. When two bookshops have the same title
of a book, we connect these two points by one line segment. From the given
information, we know there is a line segment between every two bookshops (points).
Therefore, the value of n is 7 × 8 ÷ 2 = 28.
Answer: 028

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [69]


23. The diagram shows a square swimming pool with
a layer of white tiles surrounding it. This inner
layer is surrounded by a layer of black tiles, and
this layer is surrounded by an outer layer of white
tiles. There are no gaps between layers or between Swimming
the inner layers of the swimming pool. Each tile, Pool
black or white, is a square of side length 0.5 m. If
the number of white tiles is 60 more than the
number of black tiles, what is the area, in m2, of
the swimming pool?
【Suggested Solution #1】
Let us assume the side length of the pool as x m. From the given information, we
know x must be a multiple of an integer of the length of each tile, whereas the white
tiles in the innermost portion of the pool are 4 × 2 x + 4 = 8 + 4 pieces, the black tiles
in the middle portion of the pool are 4(2 x + 2) + 4 = 8 x + 12 pieces and white tiles in
the outermost portion are 4(2 x + 4) + 4 = 8 x + 20 pieces. Hence, we have
(8 x + 4) + (8 + 20) − (8 x + 12) = 60.
After simplifying, we get 8x = 48, which is equivalent as x = 6. Thus, the area of the
pool is 36 m2.
【Suggested Solution #2】
From the given information, we know the number of the innermost white tiles is 8
more than the black tiles, while the number of white tiles on the outermost white tiles
is also 8 more than the black tiles. Hence, the white tiles on the innermost and
outermost is twice the number of black tiles, it is also given that the white tiles are 60
more than the black tiles, and this implies that the number of black tiles are exactly
60 pieces. It follows that the number of white tiles is 52 pieces, so the length of the
pool is (52-4) ÷ 4 × 0.5 = 6 m. Therefore, the area of the pool is 36 m2.
Answer: 036
24. The number 1234567891011…198199200 is obtained by writing 1 to 200 in
ascending order in a row. We now divide this number into blocks of length three,
resulting in a sequence of three-digit numbers 123, 456, 789, 101, 112, and so on.
What are the three numbers in the 35th block in the given sequence?
【Suggested Solution】
Since the given number sequence is divided into blocks of length three, so the
number of digits involving in the first 34 blocks is (35-1) × 3 = 102.
We also know that from 1 to 99, there are a total of 9 + (99-10+1) × 2 = 189 digits,
then the three digits belong to the 35th block is within the list of two-digit numbers.
That is;
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(102 − 9) ÷ 2 = 46"1.
Hence, the first 34 blocks of dividing the number sequence into length three include
on the one-digit number from 1 to 9, two-digit numbers from 10 to 55 and also the
first digit in the two-digit number 56. Therefore, the three digits in the 35th block is
657.
Answer: 657

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [70]


25. The six faces of a cubical die are labeled with six different positive integers. If
the numbers on any two adjacent faces differ by at least 2, what is the minimum
value of the sum of these six numbers?

【Suggested Solution】
In order for the sum of all the numbers in the six surfaces to be minimum, then each
of the six sides must be 1, otherwise the number appears in each face must be reduced
by 1, then the sum will also be decreasing. Similarly, in a standard cube, the opposite
side of a number 1 must be the number 2, or each number on each face (except the
face with number 1) must decrease by 1 as well, then the sum will become smaller.
We know the remaining four faces adjacent to number 2, we can predict the minimum
sum will be 2 + 2 = 4, if the sum is more than 4, then each number on the four sides
must each decrease by 1, so that the total will also be reduced. We can now enter in
the opposite face of 4 by the number 5, then the remaining two faces which are
adjacent with 5, so that the minimum sum of numbers in those two faces must be 5
+2 = 7, if more than 7, then each number on the two sides must each be decreased by
1, so that the total will also be reduced. Now we can enter in 8 in the opposite face
of the number 7, at this time we have the minimum sum of those six faces, where
these six numbers 1, 2, 4, 5, 7 and 8. Therefore, the sum of the six faces of the
minimum number is 1 +2 +4 +5 +7 +8 = 27.
Answer: 027

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [71]


3rd International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
(2013-2014 )

Upper Primary Division Round 2


Time: 120 minutes

Printed Name;! ! Code; ! Score;! !

Instructions:
z Do not open the contest booklet until you are told to do so.
z Be sure that your name and code are written on the space provided above.
z Round 2 of IMAS is composed of three parts; the total score is 100 marks.
z Questions 1 to 5 are given as a multiple-choice test. Each question has five
possible options marked as A, B, C, D and E. Only one of these options is correct.
After making your choice, fill in the appropriate letter in the space provided. Each
correct answer is worth 4 marks. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
z Questions 6 to 13 are a short answer test. Only Arabic numerals are accepted;
using other written text will not be honored or credited. Some questions have more
than one answer, as such all answers are required to be written down in the space
provided to obtain full marks. Each correct answer is worth 5 marks. There is no
penalty for incorrect answers.
z Questions 14 and 15 require a detailed solution or process in which 20 marks are
to be awarded to a completely written solution. Partial marks may be given to an
incomplete presentation. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
z Use of electronic computing devices is not allowed.
z Only pencil, blue or black ball-pens may be used to write your solution or answer.
z Diagrams are not drawn to scale. They are intended as aids only.
z After the contest the invigilator will collect the contest paper.
The following area is to be filled in by the judges;
sachtienganhhanoi.com

the contestants are not supposed to mark anything here.


Total
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Score Signature

Score

Score

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [72]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [73]


Upper Primary Division Round 2
Questions 1 to 5, 4 marks each
8 184
1. What is the value of 57.6 × + 28.8 × − 14.4 × 80 ?
5 5
(A)0 (B)8 (C)14.4 (D)38.8 (E)57.6

Answer:

2. Max gives 27 apples to a group of friends. The numbers of apples they receive
are consecutive positive integers. What is the maximum size of this group?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6

Answer:

3. What is the sum of all possible two-digit perfect squares such that the sums of
their digits are also perfect squares?
(A)100 (B)110 (C)117 (D)181 (E)271

Answer:

4. The diagram shows a point A inside a pentagon with area 20 cm2. If the distance
from A to each side of the pentagon is 5 cm., what is the perimeter, in cm, of the
pentagon?

(A)4 (B)8 (C)10 (D)15 (E)20

Answer:
sachtienganhhanoi.com

5. What is the sum of the digits of the number whose square is equal to
15984 × 48951 ?
(A)18 (B)21 (C)24 (D)27 (E)36

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [74]


UP 2

Questions 6 to 13, 5 marks each


6. The usual thermometer has two scales, Celsius measured in °C and Fahrenheit
measured in °F . If m°C is the same temperature as n°F , the conversion
9
formula is m × + 32 = n . What is the value of m if m°C is the same
5
temperature as n°F and m + n = 60 ?

Answer: °C

7. The diagram shows two intersecting circles of radius 10 cm. The four arcs inside
each circle have the same shape and equal length. Taking π ≈ 3.14 , what is the
area, in cm2, of the shaded region which consists of 7 identical parts?

Answer: cm2

8. The total number of players on three badminton teams is 29. No two players on the
same team play against each other, while every two players on different teams play
each other exactly once. What is the maximum number of games played?
Answer: games

9. A class is putting up 40 rectangular posters of the same shape and size on a wall.
Each poster must be held in place by one nail near each corner. Adjacent posters
may overlap slightly so that the same nail can serve to hold both of them. The
diagram shows how 9 nails can hold four posters adjacent diagonally. What is the
minimum number of nails required to hold all 40 posters?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: nails

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [75]


UP 3
10. The diagram shows a sheep on a lawn, tied by a string to a metal rod parallel to
the ground. The length of the string is 10 m, the length of the metal rod is 3 m.
The sheep is of negligible size and the height of the rod above the ground is also
negligible. Taking π 3.14

11. Leon uses a code to convert a letter string consisting only of As, Bs and Cs, into a
number string consisting only of 0s and 1s, by replacing A with 101, B with 11
and C with 0. If the number string obtained is 111010101111100110101, what is
the number of letters in the original letter string?

Answer:

12. Divide the ten positive integers from 1 to 10 into two groups so that when the
product of the numbers in the first group is divisible by the product of the
numbers in the second group, the quotient is a positive integer. What is the
minimum value of this quotient?

Answer:

13. Wally writes down three positive integers a, b and c in a row on the blackboard,
where a + c = 2b. He then erases the commas between the three numbers to
sachtienganhhanoi.com

obtain a five-digit number. What is the maximum value of this number?

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [76]


UP 4
Questions 14 to 15, 20 marks each
(Detailed solutions are needed for these two problems)
14. In an equilateral triangle of side length a, the distance h from the centre of the
triangle to any side satisfies a 2 = 12h 2 . Lily uses four equilateral triangles of side
length 6 cm to make a cardboard windmill with three blades. Two triangles
sharing a common vertex have the corresponding sides lying on the same straight
line, as shown in the diagram. Taking π ≈ 3.14 , what is the area, in cm2, of the
circle swept out by the blades of the windmill?

h
a

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: cm2

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [77]


UP 5
15. The diagram shows a hexagon ABCDEF partitioned into four triangles by three
diagonals AC, CF and FD, no two of which intersect except at the vertices. What
the total number of ways of partitioning ABCDEF into four triangles with three
non-crossing diagonals?
F
A

E
B

C D

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: ways
─────────────────────────────────────────────────

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [78]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [79]


2013 Upper Primary Division Second Round Solution
8 184
1. What is the value of 57.6 × + 28.8 × − 14.4 × 80 ?
5 5
(A)0 (B)8 (C)14.4 (D)38.8 (E)57.6
【Solution】
Note that 57.6 = 2 × 28.8 = 4 × 14.4 . Hence the given expression is equal to
8 1 184 1 8 92 100
57.6 × ( + × − × 80) = 57.6 × ( + − ) = 57.6 × 0 = 0 .
5 2 5 4 5 5 5
Answer:(A)
2. Max gives 27 apples to a group of friends. The numbers of apples they receive
are consecutive positive integers. What is the maximum size of this group?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6
【Solution 1】
A sum of consecutive positive integers may be represented geometrically as a
staircase. Two identical staircases can be put together to form a rectangle. If the sum
of the consecutive integers is 27, the area of the rectangle is 54. Not counting the 1 ×
54 rectangle, there are three others with integral dimensions, namely, 2 × 27, 3 × 18
and 6 × 9. They are shown in the diagram, partitioned into two identical staircases.
The sums they generated are 13+14, 8+9+10 and 2+3+4+5+6+7. The answer is (E).

13 14

14 13
2 7
8 10

10 8
7 2
【Solution 2】
sachtienganhhanoi.com

There are three ways of expressing 27 as a sum of consecutive positive integers,


namely, 27 = 13+14, 27 = 9+9+9 = 8+9+10 and 27 = 9+9+9 = (4+5)+(3+6)+(2+7) =
2+3+4+5+6+7. It follows that 27 can be expressed as a sum of at most 6 consecutive
positive integers.
Answer:(E)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [80]


3. What is the sum of all possible two-digit perfect squares such that the sums of
their digits are also perfect squares?
(A)100 (B)110 (C)117 (D)181 (E)271
【Solution】
The two-digit perfect squares are 16, 25, 36, 49, 64 and 81. We have 1+6 = 7 = 2+5,
4+9 = 13, 6+4 = 10 and 3+6 = 9 = 8+1. Hence the desired sum is 36+81 = 117.
Answer:(C)
4. The diagram shows a point A inside a pentagon with area 20
cm2. If the distance from A to each side of the pentagon is 5 cm.,
what is the perimeter, in cm, of the pentagon?
(A)4 (B)8 (C)10 A
(D)15 (E)20
【Solution】
The diagram shows the partition of the pentagon into five c
triangles whose bases are the sides of the pentagon, with lengths
a, b, c, d and e respectively. Since the height of each triangle is d
1
5 cm, their total area, in cm2, is 20 = × 5 × (a + b + c + d + e) ), A b
2
2
so that a + b + c + d + e = 20 × = 8 cm. e
5
Answer:(B) a
5. What is the sum of the digits of the number whose square is equal to
15984 × 48951 ?
(A)18 (B)21 (C)24 (D)27 (E)36
【Solution 1】
Note that 15984 = 4 × 4 × 999 and 48951 = 7 × 7 × 999 . Hence the desired number is
equal to 4 × 7 × 999 = 27972 and 2+7+9+7+2=27.
【Solution 2】
Note that 15984 = 16000 − 16 = 16 × (1000 − 1) and 48951 = 49000 − 49 = 49 × (1000
−1) . Hence the desired number is equal to 16 × 49 × (1001 − 1) = 2800 − 28 = 27972 ,
and 2+7+9+7+2=27.
Answer:(D)
6. The usual thermometer has two scales, Celsius measured in °C and
Fahrenheit measured in °F . If m°C is the same temperature as
9
n°F , the conversion formula is m × + 32 = n . What is the value of
sachtienganhhanoi.com

5
m if m°C is the same temperature as n°F and m + n = 60 ?
【Solution】
9 14
We have 60 = m + n = m + m × + 32 . Hence 28 = m × so that
5 5
m = 10 . Answer:10°C

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [81]


7. The diagram shows two intersecting circles of radius 10 cm.
The four arcs inside each circle have the same shape and
equal length. Taking π ≈ 3.14 , what is the area, in cm2, of
the shaded region which consists of 7 identical parts?
【Solution】
Connect AB, BC, CD, DA, AC and BD as shown in the
diagram. Then AC = BD = 20 cm and the area of ABCD is B C
1
× AC × BD = 200 cm2. The area of each of the intersecting
2
circles is π × 102 = 314 cm2. Let S cm2 be the area of each
of the 7 identical parts of the shaded region. By symmetry, A D
2
2S cm is the difference of the area of the circle and the
square ABCD. Hence 2 S = 314 − 200 = 114 so that S = 57. It follows that the desired
area is 7S = 399 cm2.
Answer:399 cm2
8. The total number of players on three badminton teams is 29. No two players on the
same team play against each other, while every two players on different teams play
each other exactly once. What is the maximum number of games played?
【Solution】
Suppose team A has at least two more players than team B. Transfer one player X
from team A to team B. Before the transfer, X plays every player on team B. After the
transfer, X plays every player left on team A, which is still more than the number of
players originally in team B. So the total number of games played has increased. It
follows that to maximize the total number of games played, the size of the teams
should not differ by more than 1. Hence we should have 10 players in two of the
teams and 9 players in the third team. The total number of games is then
10 × 10 + 10 × 9 + 10 × 9 = 280 .
Answer:280 games
9. A class is putting up 40 rectangular posters of the same
shape and size on a wall. Each poster must be held in place
by one nail near each corner. Adjacent posters may overlap
slightly so that the same nail can serve to hold both of them.
The diagram shows how 9 nails can hold four posters
adjacent diagonally. What is the minimum number of nails
required to hold all 40 posters?
【Solution 1】
Clearly, the 40 posters should be arranged in a rectangular array, and there are four
sachtienganhhanoi.com

ways to do so.
For a 1 × 40 array, the number of nails required is (1 + 1) × (40 + 1) = 82 .
For a 2 × 20 array, the number of nails required is (2 + 1) × (20 + 1) = 63 .
For a 4 × 10 array, the number of nails required is (4 + 1) × (10 + 1) = 55 .
For a 5 × 8 array, the number of nails required is (5 + 1) × (8 + 1) = 54 .
Hence the minimum number of nails required is 54.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [82]


【Solution 2】
Clearly, the 40 posters should be arranged in a rectangular array, and there are four
ways to do so. We wish to maximize the number of four-way common corners.
For a 1 × 40 array, there are (1 − 1) × (40 − 1) = 0 such corners.
For a 2 × 20 array, there are (2 − 1) × (20 − 1) = 19 such corners.
For a 4 × 10 array, there are (4 − 1) × (10 − 1) = 27 such corners.
For a 5 × 8 array, there are (5 − 1) × (8 − 1) = 28 such corners.
Hence the minimum number of nails required is 28 + 2 × (5 + 8) = 54 .
Answer:54 nails
10. The diagram shows a sheep on a lawn, tied by a string to a
metal rod parallel to the ground. The length of the string is 10
m, and the length of the metal rod is 3 m. The sheep is of
negligible size and the height of the rod above the ground is
also negligible. Taking π ≈ 3.14 , what is the area, in m2, of
the part of the lawn from which the sheep can eat the grass?
【Solution】
The part of the lawn from which the sheep can eat the grass is
shown in the diagram, consisting of two semicircle of radius 10 m
and a rectangle of width 3 m and height 20 m, where the line in
the middle of the rectangle represent the rod. The area, in m2, is
π × 102 + 3 × 20 = 374 .
Answer:374 m2
11. Leon uses a code to convert a letter string consisting only of As, Bs and Cs, into a
number string consisting only of 0s and 1s, by replacing A with 101, B with 11
and C with 0. If the number string obtained is 111010101111100110101, what is
the number of letters in the original letter string?
【Solution】
If the first number of a string is 0, it must stand for C. If it is a 1, and the next letter is
another 1, the two 1s must stand for B, If the next letter is 0, then the third letter must
be 1 and these three letters must stand for A. Thus the number string can be read in a
unique way. In particular, 11-101-0-101-11-11-0-0-11-0-101 must stand for
BACABBCCBCA, and the number of letters is 11.
Answer:11
12. Divide the ten positive integers from 1 to 10 into two groups so that when the
product of the numbers in the first group is divisible by the product of the
sachtienganhhanoi.com

numbers in the second group, the quotient is a positive integer. What is the
minimum value of this quotient?
【Solution】
The number 7 does not divide any of the other numbers. So it must be placed in the
first group. Since it is not divisible by any of the other numbers apart from 1, the
quotient is no smaller than 7. The product of the remaining nine numbers is

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [83]


28 × 34 × 52 . If we can make the product of the numbers in the second group equal to
24 × 32 × 51 , then the quotient will attain its minimum value of 7. This is indeed
possible, as we can put 1, 2, 4, 9 and 10 in the second group, while adding 3, 5, 6 and
3×5× 6×7 ×8
8 to 7 in the first. It follows that the minimum quotient is =7.
1 × 2 × 4 × 9 × 10
Answer:7
13. Wally writes down three positive integers a, b and c in a row on the blackboard,
where a + c = 2b. He then erases the commas between the three numbers to
obtain a five-digit number. What is the maximum value of this number?
【Solution】
None of a, b and c can be a three-digit number and b must be a two-digit number.
To maximize the five-digit number, one of a and c must be 9 and the other must be 99,
9 + 99
so that b = = 54 . Comparing 95499 with 99549, we see that the maximum
2
value is 99549.
Answer:99549
14. In an equilateral triangle of side length a, the distance h from the centre of the
triangle to any side satisfies a 2 = 12h 2 . Lily uses four equilateral triangles of side
length 6 cm to make a cardboard windmill with three blades. Two triangles
sharing a common vertex have the corresponding sides lying on the same straight
line, as shown in the diagram. Taking π ≈ 3.14 , what is the area, in cm2, of the
circle swept out by the blades of the windmill?

h
a
【Solution】
Let O be the centre of the windmill, A be a corner of one of
the blades, and H is such that OH is perpendicular to AH.
6 62 O
Now AH = 6 + = 9 cm while OH = = 3 cm2.(5 marks)
2

2 12 A
By Pythagoras’ Theorem, H
OA2 = OH 2 + AH 2 = 3 + 81 = 84 cm2. (10 marks)
Hence the area of the circle is π × 84 = 263.76 cm2. (5 marks)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:263.76 cm2
【Marking Scheme】
Find OH2(i.e. h 2 = 3 ), 5 marks.
Using Pythagoras’ Theorem to find OA2=84, 10 marks.
Using formula correctly to find the area of the circle, 5 marks.
Only correct answer without solving process, 5 marks.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [84]


15. The diagram shows a hexagon ABCDEF partitioned into
four triangles by three diagonals AC, CF and FD, no two F
A
of which intersect except at the vertices. What the total
number of ways of partitioning ABCDEF into four E
B
triangles with three non-crossing diagonals?
【Solution】 C D
There are only three such configurations of three
non-crossing diagonals, as shown in the diagram. (5 marks)

In the first, the three diagonals form a broken polygonal line. The starting point can
be any of the six vertices. (5 marks) In the second, the three diagonals all converge
on a single vertex, and this can be any of the six. (5 marks) In the third, the three
diagonals form a triangle joining alternate vertices. (5 marks) This yields only two
ways. Hence the total number of ways is 6+6+2=14.
Answer:14 ways
【Marking Scheme】
Classify all situations correct, 5 marks.
Each correct number of cases of each situation, 5 marks.
Only correct answer without solving process, 5 marks.

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [85]


International Mathematics Assessments for Schools

2014 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER


Time allowed:75 minutes

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


GENERAL
1. Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
2. No calculators, slide rules, log tables, math stencils, mobile phones or other
calculating aids are permitted. Scribbling paper, graph paper, ruler and compasses
are permitted, but are not essential.
3. Diagrams are NOT drawn to scale. They are intended only as aids.
4. There are 20 multiple-choice questions, each with 5 choices. Choose the most
reasonable answer. The last 5 questions require whole number answers between
000 and 999 inclusive. The questions generally get harder as you work through the
paper. There is no penalty for an incorrect response.
5. This is a mathematics assessment, not a test; do not expect to answer all questions.
6. Read the instructions on the answer sheet carefully. Ensure your name, school
name and school year are filled in. It is your responsibility that the Answer Sheet
is correctly coded.
7. When your teacher gives the signal, begin working on the problems.
THE ANSWER SHEET
1. Use only lead pencils.
2. Record your answers on the reverse side of the Answer Sheet (not on the question
paper) by FULLY filling in the circles which correspond to your choices.
3. Your Answer Sheet will be read by a machine. The machine will see all markings
even if they are in the wrong places. So please be careful not to doodle or write
anything extra on the Answer Sheet. If you want to change an answer or remove
any marks, use a plastic eraser and be sure to remove all marks and smudges.
INTEGRITY OF THE COMPETITION
The IMAS reserves the right to re-examine students before deciding whether to
sachtienganhhanoi.com

grant official status to their scores.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [86]


2014 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER

Questions 1-10, 3 marks each


1. What is the value of 2015 + 1520 + 5201?
(A)8236 (B)8506 (C)8736
(D)8836 (E)9716

2. The three numbers in each of the following groups are multiplied together.
Which group yields 2014 as the product?
(A)6、17、59 (B)4、17、53 (C)2、13、59
(D)2、19、53 (E)2、23、29

3. A large bottle of apple juice costs 6.5 dollars while a small bottle of apple juice
costs 2.8 dollars. How many dollars less is the cost of a large bottle compared to
the total cost of three small bottles?

Item: Apple juice Item: Apple juice


Volume : 1500 mL Volume: 500 mL
Price: $ 6.50 Price: $ 2.80

(A)1.9 (B)2.1 (C)2.3 (D)2.8 (E)3.7

4. Which of the following differences has the smallest value?


1 1 1 1 1
(A)1  (B)  (C) 
2 2 3 3 4
1 1 1 1
(D)  (E) 
4 5 5 6
sachtienganhhanoi.com

5 6 ☆

☆ 19 20

(A)7 (B)8 (C)13 (D)17 (E)18

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [87]


UP 2
6. A sack of flour costs 800 dollars and a sack of rice costs 500 dollars. Anne buys
several sacks of each kind and spends 3400 dollars. How many sacks of flour
does she buy?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)3 (D)4 (E)5

7. When two numbers are divided by 5, the respective remainders are 4 and 2. What
is the remainder when the sum of the two numbers is divided by 5?
(A)0 (B)1 (C)2 (D)3 (E)4

8. The numbers 38, 79, 17, 43, 74, 96 and 87 are rearranged so that starting from
the second one, its tens digit is equal to the units digit of the preceding number.
Which number is in the fourth place after the rearrangement?
(A)38 (B)43 (C)17 (D)96 (E)87

9. To visit a friend, Rod must take the bus to the nearest Metro station, and this
takes 15 minutes. He has to ride the Metro train for 20 stops, each taking 2.5
minutes. He also has to change trains twice, and it takes 3 minutes each time.
Finally, after exiting the Metro, he still has to walk another 12 minutes before
reaching his friends place. How many minutes does Rod have to spend traveling
to his friend’s house?

(A)55 (B)67 (C)80 (D)83 (E)90

10. A table has 3 rows and 3 columns. In each square, we put in the product of the
row number and the column number of that square. For instance, the number in
the third row and the second column is 3×2=6, as shown in the diagram. These
nine numbers are then arranged in order of size, starting with the smallest. What
is the fifth number in the arrangement?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [88]


UP 3

Questions 11-20, 4 marks each


11. Oliver arranges his duck toy and turtle toy in a row as shown in the diagram. He
desires that all duck toys to be on the left and all turtle toys on the right. He may
switch the positions of any two adjacent toys. What is the minimum number of
switches does he require to achieve his desired arrangement?

(A)15 (B)16 (C)17 (D)18 (E)19

12. The sum of one-fifth of a non-negative integer and one-third of another


non-negative integer is 1. What is the maximum value of the sum of these two
non-negative integers?
(A)5 (B)6 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9

13. Max has a gray paper strip of width 5 cm. He cuts out some pieces and tapes
them on the wall, to form a 50 cm by 35 cm window frame, as shown in the
diagram, where each white area is 5 cm by 10 cm. What is the minimum length,
in cm, of the paper strip required?

5 cm

(A)260 (B)280 (C)300 (D)340 (E)360

14. The tap is leaking at the rate of one drop per second. The volume of each drop is
0.05 mL. At 9 pm, Wendy puts an empty measuring cup under the tap. Some time
during the night, she finds the cup partially filled, as shown in the diagram. No
water is lost from the cup. At what time is the water level in the measuring cup
closest to the time in the following?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)23:10 (B)00:30 (C)01:10


(D)01:50 (E)02:10

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [89]


UP 4
15. The upper part of a glass is a cylinder of height 8cm and diameter 20 cm. The
middle part is a cone of height 8 cm and diameter 20 cm. The bottom part is a
solid stem. Correct to one decimal place, what is the capacity, in cm3, of the cup?
Take π=3.14.
20 cm

8 cm

8 cm

(A)837.3 cm3 (B)1674.7 cm3 (C)2512.0 cm3


(D)3349.3 cm3 (E)5024.0 cm3

16. A hall has four doors. Lea may enter the hall using any of them, and exit the hall
using any of them. In how many different ways can she enter and exit the hall?

door door
Hall
door door

(A)4 (B)8 (C)12 (D)16 (E)24

17. ABCD is a square of side length 10 cm. The segment BC is fixed. The segment
AD moves in the plane to the segment A′D′ so that the lengths AB, DC and AD do
not change. What is the area, in cm2, of the shaded region in the diagram when
the segment A′D′ intersects the segment CD at its midpoint G?
A D

A′ D′
G
sachtienganhhanoi.com

B C

50 100
(A)50 (B) (C)60 (D)100 (E)
3 3

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [90]


UP 5
18. On a table there is a ring, there are 12 equally spaced beads on the ring, 3 of
which are black, as shown in the diagram. Which of the following five figures
cannot be obtained from the given figure by rotating the ring on the table?

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

19. The figure in the diagram is formed from 20 equilateral triangles of equal sizes.
How many equilateral triangles of any size does it contain? The triangles may
overlap.

(A)20 (B)26 (C)30 (D)33 (E)39

20. The sectors MAB and MCD are inside the square ABCD of side length 10 cm, as
shown in the diagram. What is the total area, in cm2, of these two sectors, correct
to 1 decimal place? Take π=3.14.
A D
M
sachtienganhhanoi.com

B C

(A)52.3 (B)78.5 (C)104.7 (D)157.0 (E)314.0

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [91]


UP 6

Questions 21-25, 6 marks each


21. In the sequence 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, …, each term starting from the third one is
the sum of the preceding two. How many among the first 2014 terms are
divisible by 4?

22. The inside lane of a track has length 400 m and the outside lane has length less
than 500 m. From the marked line, as shown in the diagram, Max and Lynn start
running counterclockwise along the track at the same time. Max runs at constant
speed on the inside lane. Lynn, whose constant speed is 3 times that of Max, runs
on the outside lane. The first time both are back together at the marked line, Max
has completed 3 laps. What is the length, to the nearest m, of the outside lane?

23. How many two-digit prime numbers are there if the three-digit number obtained
by inserting a 1 between the two digits is also a prime number?

24. An 8 cm by 8 cm photograph is loose inside an 18 cm by 10 cm frame ABCD.


However, the point M remains on AD and the point N remains on BC, as shown
in the diagram. What is the area, in cm2 , of the region inside the frame which is
never covered by the photograph?
A M D

B N C

25. How many pairs of unit squares in a 3 by 6 table are such that they have no
common points? The diagram shows one such pair.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

***

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [92]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [93]


Solution to
Fourth International Mathematics Assessment for Schools
Round 1 of Upper Division
1. What is the value of 2015 + 1520 + 5201?
(A)8236 (B)8506 (C)8736
(D)8836 (E)9716
【Suggested Solution 1】
2015 + 1520 + 5201 = 8736. Hence, we select (C).
【Suggested Solution 2】
2015 + 1520 + 5201 = 2015 + 0152 + 1520 + 5201-152 = 8888-152 = 8736.
So, we select (C).
Answer: (C)
2. The three numbers in each of the following groups are multiplied together.
Which group yields 2014 as the product?
(A)6、17、59 (B)4、17、53 (C)2、13、59
(D)2、19、53 (E)2、23、29
【Suggested Solution】
The units digit in the product of three numbers in option (A) is 8, it is unreasonable!
The product of three numbers 4 × 17 × 53 > 60 × 50 = 3000, so option (B) did not
meet the condition!
The product of three numbers 2 × 13 × 59 < 30 × 60 = 1800, so option (C) is also
unreasonable!
While the product of those three numbers 2 × 23 × 29 < 50 × 30 = 1500, so option (E)
is not our selection!
Only the product of three numbers 2 × 19 × 53 = 2014 in option (D) is the same as
the requirement of the problem. Hence, we select (D).
Answer: (D)
3. A large bottle of apple juice costs 6.5 dollars while a small bottle of apple juice
costs 2.8 dollars. How many dollars less is the cost of a large bottle compared to
the total cost of three small bottles?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Item: Apple juice Item: Apple juice


Volume : 1500 mL Volume: 500 mL
Price: $ 6.50 Price: $ 2.80

(A)1.9 (B)2.1 (C)2.3 (D)2.8 ( )3.7

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [94]


【Suggested Solution】
The cost of 3 small bottles of apple juice is $2.8 × 3 = $8.4. Hence buying 1 large
bottle of apple juice is less than buying 3 small bottles of apple juice by $8.4-$6.5 =
$1.9. Therefore, we select option (A).
Answer: (A)
4. Which of the following differences has the smallest value?
1 1 1 1 1
(A)1  (B)  (C) 
2 2 3 3 4
1 1 1 1
(D)  (E) 
4 5 5 6
【Suggested Solution】
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Since 1               . Hence, we select
2 2 2 3 6 3 4 12 4 5 20 5 6 30
(E).
Answer: (E)
5. The two stars in the diagram represent the same number. The sum of the three
numbers in the second row is equal to twice the sum of the three numbers in the
first row. What number does each star represent?

5 6 ☆

☆ 19 20

(A)7 (B)8 (C)13 (D)17 (E)18


【Suggested Solution】
From the given information, it shows the sum of the three numbers in the second row
is equal to twice the sum of the three numbers in the first row, it follows that the
difference of the sum of three numbers in the second row and the sum of three
numbers in the first row equal the sum of three numbers in the first row, that is; the
difference of these two rows is 19 + 20-5-6 = 28, then we have ☆ = 28-5-6 =
17. Thus, we select option (D).
Answer: (D)
6. A sack of flour costs 800 dollars and a sack of rice costs 500 dollars. Anne buys
several sacks of each kind and spends 3400 dollars. How many sacks of flour
does she buy?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)3 (D)4 (E)5
【Suggested Solution】
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Since 800 × 5 = 4000 > 3400, so Anne cannot buy more than 5 sacks of flour. $3400
deducted to the total amount she spend on flour must be multiple of $500, then Ann
can at most buy 3 sacks of flour and 2 sacks of rice; that is, 800 × 3 + 500 × 2 =
$3400. Hence, we select (C).
Answer: (C)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [95]


7. When two numbers are divided by 5, the respective remainders are 4 and 2. What
is the remainder when the sum of the two numbers is divided by 5?
(A)0 (B)1 (C)2 (D)3 (E)4
【Suggested Solution】
The sum of the remainders of two numbers is 2 + 4 = 6, continue dividing this
remainder by 5, we have the final remainder 1. Hence, we select option (B).
Answer: (B)
8. The numbers 38, 79, 17, 43, 74, 96 and 87 are rearranged so that starting from
the second one, its tens digit is equal to the units digit of the preceding number.
Which number is in the fourth place after the rearrangement?
(A)38 (B)43 (C)17 (D)96 (E)87
【Suggested Solution】
After rearranging the 7 numbers, except the tens’ digit of the first number and the
units digit of the last number, all the other digits must appear even number of times.
After going over all the 7 numbers, we discover that digit 1 and digit 6 appear once.
So that 17 must be the first number and the arrangement must be: 17, 74, 43, 38, 87,
79 and 96. Thus, the number in the fourth place must be 38. Hence, we select option
(A).
Answer: (A)
9. To visit a friend, Rod must take the bus to the nearest Metro station, and this
takes 15 minutes. He has to ride the Metro train for 20 stops, each taking 2.5
minutes. He also has to change trains twice, and it takes 3 minutes each time.
Finally, after exiting the Metro, he still has to walk another 12 minutes before
reaching his friends place. How many minutes does Rod have to spend traveling
to his friend’s house?

(A)55 (B)67 (C)80 (D)83 (E)90


【Suggested Solution】
From the given information, Rod must spend a total of 15 + 2.5 × 20 + 3 × 2 + 12 =
83 minutes. Hence, we select option (D) .
Answer: (D)
10. A table has 3 rows and 3 columns. In each square, we put in the
product of the row number and the column number of that square.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

For instance, the number in the third row and the second column
is 3×2=6, as shown in the diagram. These nine numbers are then
arranged in order of size, starting with the smallest. What is the 6
fifth number in the arrangement?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [96]


【Suggested Solution】
From the given information, each number inside the small squares must be filled in as
follows,
1 2 3
2 4 6
3 6 9
these numbers are arranged from the smallest to the largest as in the following:
1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 6, 6, 9.
Therefore, the fifth number in the arrangement is 3. Hence, we select (B).
Answer: (B)
11. Oliver arranges his toy ducks and toy turtles in a row as shown in the diagram.
He wishes to have all the toy ducks on the left and all the toy turtles on the right.
He may switch the position of any two adjacent toys. What is the minimum
number of switches he will require?

(A)15 (B)16 (C)17 (D)18 (E)19


【Suggested Solution】
We know that for each switch of two adjacent toys may make one toy duck move at
most one position to the left, let us name the position of each toy from left to right as
1 to 11. Our main target is to arrange the toys in the manner that all 6 toy ducks will
be on the left side. Since the initial position of 6 toy ducks are 1, 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, then
we need to operate at least (1-1) + (3-2) + (5-3) + (8-4) + (10-5) + (11-6) =
17 times of switches in order to reach our goal. Hence, we must perform switches at
least 17 times. So, we select (C).
Answer: (C)
12. The sum of one-fifth of a non-negative integer and one-third of another
non-negative integer is 1. What is the maximum value of the sum of these two
non-negative integers?
(A)5 (B)6 (C)7 D)8 (E)9
【Suggested Solution】
a b
Assume the two non-negative integers represent as a and b, then   1. So the
5 3
possible values of b can only be 0, 1, 2, 3.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

10 5
If b = 0, then a = 5. If b = 1, then a = which is not an integer. If b = 2, then a =
3 3
not an integer again. If b = 3, then a = 0. Thus, there are only two possible values of
a + b, they are 5 + 0 = 5, 0 + 3 = 3. This implies the maximum sum of a + b is 5.
Hence, we select (A).
Answer: (A)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [97]


13. Max has a gray paper strip of width 5 cm. He cuts out some pieces and tapes
them on the wall, to form a 50 cm by 35 cm window frame, as shown in the
diagram, where each white area is 5 cm by 10 cm. What is the minimum length,
in cm, of the paper strip required?

5 cm

(A)260 (B)280 (C)300 (D)340 (E)360


【Suggested Solution】
Refer to the diagram below. The paper strip in the window frame was divided into 16
pieces with 4 pieces of length 50 cm and 12 pieces of length 5 cm.

Thus, Max must cut a minimum of 50 × 4 + 5 × 12 = 260 cm paper strips. Hence, we


select option (A).
Answer: (A)
14. The tap is leaking at the rate of one drop per second. The volume of each drop is
0.05 mL. At 9 pm, Wendy puts an empty measuring cup under the tap. Some time
during the night, she finds the cup partially filled, as shown in the diagram. No
water is lost from the cup. At what time is the water level in the measuring cup
closest to the time in the following?

(A)23:10 (B)00:30 (C)01:10


(D)01:50 (E)02:10
sachtienganhhanoi.com

【Suggested Solution】
Each scale of the measuring cup in the diagram is 300 ÷ 6 = 50 mL, this implies that
the water in measuring cup is 750 mL. From the given information, we know the tap
has leaked 750 mL in around 750 ÷ 0.05 = 15000 seconds = 4 hours 10 minutes,
which is nearer to 01:10. Hence, select option (C).
Answer: (C)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [98]


15. The upper part of a glass is a cylinder of height 8 cm and 20 cm
diameter 20 cm. The middle part is a cone of height 8 cm
and diameter 20 cm. The bottom part is a solid stem. 8 cm
3
Correct to one decimal place, what is the capacity, in cm ,
of the cup? Take π=3.14. 8 cm
(A)837.3 cm3 (B)1674.7 cm3
(C)2512.0 cm3 (D)3349.3 cm3
(E)5024.0 cm3
【Suggested Solution】
The volume of the cylinder is 3.14 102  8  2512 cm3, the volume of the cone is
1
 3.14  102  8  837.3 cm3. Therefore, the volume of the cup is 2512 + 837.3 =
3
3349.3 cm3. Hence, we select (D).
Answer: (D)
16. A hall has four doors. Lea may enter the hall using any of them, and exit the hall
using any of them. In how many different ways can she enter and exit the hall?
(A)4 (B)8 (C)12 (D)16 (E)24

door door
Hall
door door

【Suggested Solution】
Lea enters the hall from one of the 4 doors and exits using any of the 4 doors, thus
there are 4 different ways of enter the hall and also 4 different ways to exit the hall.
Hence, Lea has a total of 4 × 4 = 16 different ways enter and/or exit the hall. Hence,
we select (D).
Answer: (D)
17. ABCD is a square of side length 10 cm. The segment BC is fixed. The segment
AD moves in the plane to the segment A′D′ so that the lengths AB, DC and AD do
not change. What is the area, in cm2, of the shaded region in the diagram when
the segment A′D′ intersects the segment CD at its midpoint G?
A D

A′ D′
G
sachtienganhhanoi.com

B C
50 100
(A)50 (B) (C)60 (D)100 (E)
3 3

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [99]


【Suggested Solution】
Connect AA′ and D′D, Apply Cut and Paste method A D
we know the area of the shaded region equals to
the area of parallelogram AA′D′D, in parallelogram
A′ D′
AA′D′D we have base AD = 10 cm, altitude GD = G
5 cm and so, the area is 10 × 5 = 50 cm2. Hence,
we select option (A).
B C
Answer: (A)
18. On a table there is a ring, there are 12 equally spaced beads on the ring, 3 of
which are black, as shown in the diagram. Which of the following five figures
cannot be obtained from the given figure by rotating the ring on the table?

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

【Suggested Solution】
Observe the arrangement as regards the number of small white circles between two
black circles of the given diagram in counterclockwise direction: four white small
circles, two small white circles and then three small white circles. In all the five
options, only option (E) does not comply with this kind of arrangement. Hence, we
select (E).
Answer: (E)
19. The figure in the diagram is formed from 20 equilateral triangles of equal sizes.
How many equilateral triangles of any size does it contain? The triangles may
overlap. sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)20 (B)26 (C)30 (D)33 (E)39

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [100]


【Suggested Solution】
Let the side length of the smallest equilateral triangle as 1 unit. We discover there are
20 equilateral triangles whose side length is 1 unit, there are 9 equilateral triangles
whose side length is 2 units, 3 equilateral triangles whose side length is 3 units and 1
equilateral triangle whose side length is 4 units. Therefore, there are 20 + 9 + 3 + 1 =
33 different sizes of equilateral triangles. Hence, we select option (D).
Answer: (D)
20. The sectors MAB and MCD are inside the square ABCD A D
of side length 10 cm, as shown in the diagram. What is M
the total area, in cm2, of these two sectors, correct to 1
decimal place? Take π=3.14.
(A)52.3 (B)78.5 (C)104.7
(D)157.0 (E)314.0
【Suggested Solution】
From the given information, △BCM is an equilateral triangle, B C
then ∠ABM =∠MCD =30°. Total area of the two sectors is
30
3.14  102   2  52.3 cm2. Hence, option (A).
360
Answer: (A)
21. In the sequence 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, …, each term starting from the third one is
the sum of the preceding two. How many among the first 2014 terms are
divisible by 4?
【Suggested Solution】
The remainder when each term in the sequence divided by 4 is listed as 1, 1, 2, 3, 1, 0,
1, 1, 2, 3, 1, 0, . We discover the recurring period is 6 and one of the remainder is
0, it means one term in every recurring period in the sequence is divisible by 4.
Since 2014 = 335 × 6 + 4, it means that in the first 2014 terms in the sequence, there
are 335 complete periods with an incomplete period of four remaining terms.
Therefore, there are 335 terms in the sequence that are divisible by 4.
Answer: 335
22. The inside lane of a track has length 400 m and the outside lane has length less
than 500 m. From the marked line, as shown in the diagram, Max and Lynn start
running counterclockwise along the track at the same time. Max runs at constant
speed on the inside lane. Lynn, whose constant speed is 3 times that of Max, runs
on the outside lane. The first time both are back together at the marked line, Max
has completed 3 laps. What is the length, to the nearest m, of the outside lane?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [101]


【Suggested Solution】
From the given information, when Max and Lynn return back at the original marked
line, Max has run 400 × 3 = 1200 m while Lynn has run 1200 × 3 = 3600 m. Likewise,
Lynn has finished exactly integer number of laps.
When Lynn ran 9 laps or more laps, then the length of the outside lane would be less
than or equal to 3600 ÷ 9 = 400 m, which didn’t meet the condition of the problem.
When Lynn ran exactly 8 laps, then the length of outside lane was 3600 ÷ 8 = 450 m.
When Lynn ran 7 laps or less laps, then the length of outside lane was equal or more
3600
than  500 m. Thus, a contradiction to the given information.
7
Therefore, the length of outside line is 450 m.
Answer: 450
23. How many two-digit prime numbers are there if the three-digit number obtained
by inserting a 1 between the two digits is also a prime number?
【Suggested Solution】
First let us search for all the two-digit prime numbers that divided by 3 that will give
a remainder of 1 or 2. If ab divided by 3 gives a remainder of 2, then the three-digit
number a1b is divisible by 3, so a1b cannot be a prime number. Hence, the
two-digit prime number ab when divided by 3 will yield a remainder of 1. Consider
the following two-digit prime number: 13, 19, 31, 37, 43, 61, 67, 73, 79, 97 and insert
the digit 1 to do the verification one at a time all the three-digit number in the form of
a1b if it is a prime number or not: 113 is a prime number, 119 = 7 × 17, 311 is a
prime number, 317 is a prime number, 413 = 7 × 59, 611 = 13 × 47, 617 is also prime
number, 713 = 23 × 31, 719 is a prime number while 917 = 7 × 131.
Therefore, there are 5 different two-digit prime numbers ab .
Answer: 005
24. An 8 cm by 8 cm photograph is loose inside an 18 cm A M D
by 10 cm frame ABCD. However, the point M remains
on AD and the point N remains on BC, as shown in the
diagram. What is the area, in cm2 , of the region inside
the frame which is never covered by the photograph?

【Suggested Solution】 B N C
From the given problem, the region inside the frame that has A′ M D′
never been covered by the photograph is equivalent as the
shaded parts in the diagram at the right. By Property of
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Symmetry for a square, we know that A′B′C′D′ is also a square,


and the side length is 10 cm. Then the area of the shaded region
is 102  82  36 cm2. Hence, the area of region inside the frame
which is never covered by the photograph is 36 cm2. B′ N C′

Answer: 036

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [102]


25. How many pairs of unit squares in a 3 by 6 table are such that they have no
common points? The diagram shows one such pair.

【Suggested Solution 1】
When the two selected unit squares are on the same column, then one must be in the
first row and the other in the third row. Therefore, there are 6 possible pairs.
When two unit squares selected are not in the same column, assume that one of the
unit square is to the left of the other and below are the possible cases:
(1) When the left unit square is located on the row 1.
When the left unit square is on the 1st column, then other
unit square can be located on the 2nd column of row 3 or
on any unit square on the 3rd , 4th, 5th and 6th column. There
are a total of 13 possible pairs. Likewise, when the unit squares located on any
unit squares of other column. There are a total of 10 + 7 + 4 + 1 = 22 possible
pairs.
(2) The left unit square is located on row 2.
When the left unit square is on the 1st column, then the
other unit square can be located on any other location of
the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th column. There are a total of 12
possible pairs. Likewise, the unit square is located on any other column, there are
a total of 9 + 6 + 3 = 18 possible pairs.
(3) The left unit square is located on the 3rd row.
The situation is same as that of Case 1, we have a total of
13 + 22 = 35 possible pairs of unit squares.
In summary, we have a total of 6 + 35 + 30 + 35 = 106 distinct
pairs of unit square.
【Suggested Solution 2】
Select any a pair of unit square in a 3 × 6 table, we have a total of 18 × 17 ÷ 2 = 153
possible pairs. Hence, to select two unit squares that don’t have a common point, so
we must deduct those two unit squares having a common edge or common vertex.
There are 5 × 3 + 2 × 6 = 27 pair of unit squares having a common edge while there
are 2 × (1 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 1) = 20 pair of unit squares having a common vertex.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Therefore, there are a total of 153-27-20 = 106 possible pair of unit squares.
Answer: 106
***

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [103]


4th International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
(2014-2015 )

Upper Primary Division Round 2


Time: 120 minutes

Printed Name: Code: Score:

Instructions:
 Do not open the contest booklet until you are told to do so.
 Be sure that your name and code are written on the space provided above.
 Round 2 of IMAS is composed of three parts; the total score is 100 marks.
 Questions 1 to 5 are given as a multiple-choice test. Each question has five
possible options marked as A, B, C, D and E. Only one of these options is correct.
After making your choice, fill in the appropriate letter in the space provided. Each
correct answer is worth 4 marks. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
 Questions 6 to 13 are a short answer test. Only Arabic numerals are accepted;
using other written text will not be honored or credited. Some questions have more
than one answer, as such all answers are required to be written down in the space
provided to obtain full marks. Each correct answer is worth 5 marks. There is no
penalty for incorrect answers.
 Questions 14 and 15 require a detailed solution or process in which 20 marks are
to be awarded to a completely written solution. Partial marks may be given to an
incomplete presentation. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
 Use of electronic computing devices is not allowed.
 Only pencil, blue or black ball-pens may be used to write your solution or answer.
 Diagrams are not drawn to scale. They are intended as aids only.
 After the contest the invigilator will collect the contest paper.
The following area is to be filled in by the judges;
sachtienganhhanoi.com

the contestants are not supposed to mark anything here.


Total
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Score Signature

Score

Score

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [104]


Upper Primary Division Round 2

Questions 1 to 5, 4 marks each


1. What is the value of 32  37  75 ?
(A)88075 (B)88800 (C)88200 (D)74000 (E)80800

Answer:

2. In a gymnastic competition, an athlete receives a score from each of seven judges.


After the highest score and the lowest score have been removed, the average of
the remaining five scores is the actual score for that athlete. If the seven judges
give scores of 9.2, 9.5, 9.3, 9.6, 9.1, 9.6 and 9.4 to an athlete, what is the actual
score for this athlete?

9.2 9.5 9.3 9.6 9.1 9.6 9.4

(A)9.3 (B)9.38 (C 9.4 (D)9.42 (E)9.5

Answer:

3. There are 4 children in the first row, and each subsequent row has one more child
than the preceding row. If there are 39 children altogether, how many children
are in the last row?
(A)5 (B)6 (C)9 (D)15 (E)35

Answer:

4. When 200 is subtracted from the square of a positive integer n, the difference is a
sachtienganhhanoi.com

three-digit multiple of 4. How many different values can n take?


(A)8 (B)9 (C)16 (D)17 (E)32

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [105]


UP 2
5. From a cubical box without the top, a circle is removed from each of two
opposite faces. Which of the following shapes can be folded to form such a box?

(A) (B) (C)

(D) (E)

Answer:

Questions 6 to 13, 5 marks each


6. If a computer printer is sold at a 10% off discount, a profit of $220 can still be
made. However, if it is sold at a 20% off discount, there will be a loss of $100.
What is the list price of this computer printer?
Answer: $

7. There are three storage compartments in an airplane. The maximum weight


which can be stored in them are 10, 16 and 8 tons respectively. The maximum
volume which can be stored in them are 66, 84 and 51 m3 respectively. The
airplane is used to transport grain, each ton of which has volume 6 m3. If the
actual weight of grain in each compartment must be in the same proportion to the
maximum weight allowed in that compartment, what is the maximum weight of
grain the airplane can transport at a time?
Front Middle Back
sachtienganhhanoi.com

maximum
10 16 8
weight/tons
maximum
66 84 51
volume /m3
Answer: tons

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [106]


UP 3
8. In triangle ABC, D is the midpoint of BC. E is an arbitrary point on CA, and F is
the midpoint of BE. If the area of triangle ABC is 120 cm2 and the area of the
quadrilateral AFDC is 80 cm2, what is the area, in cm2, of triangle BDF?
A

F
B D C

Answer: cm2

9. The expressions 1000  991  9 and 1001  994  7 are examples in which the
difference between a four-digit number and a three-digit number is a one-digit
number. How many such expressions are there, including these two examples?

Answer: expressions

10. An ant starts from the top left corner square of a 3  5 chessboard. It moves
from a square to the adjacent square in the same row or column. After visiting
every square exactly once, it ends up at the square in the middle row second
column from the right. How many different paths can the ant follow?
A
B
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: paths

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [107]


UP 4

11. Lily’s eight-digit telephone number is divisible by 3 and 5. Micky can only
remember its first six digits, which are 8, 9, 2, 0, 1 and 5 in that order. What is
the maximum number of times Micky has to dial before reaching the correct
telephone number?

12. ABCD, CEFG and DGMN are squares, with G on CD and F on GM. If AB = 10
cm and MN = 6 cm, what is the area, in cm2, of triangle AME?

A D N

G M
F

B C E

Answer: cm2

13. The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 are divided into two groups. The sum
of all the numbers in one group is n, while the product of all the numbers in the
other group is also n. What is the maximum value of n? sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [108]


UP 5

Questions 14 to 15, 20 marks each


(Detailed solutions are needed for these two problems)
14. We increase by 1 each of three prime numbers, not necessarily distinct. Then we
form the product of these three sums. How many numbers between 1999 to 2021
can appear as such a product?

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [109]


UP 6
15. Each side of an equilateral triangle is divided into 6 equal parts by 5 points, and
these points are joined by lines parallel to the sides of the triangle, dividing into
36 small equilateral triangles. A regular hexagon is the same size as 6 of the
small equilateral triangles put together. What is the maximum number of such
hexagons that can along the grid line fit inside the large equilateral triangle
without overlap?

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: , hexagons

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [110]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [111]


Solution Key to Second Round of 4th IMAS
Upper Primary Division
1. What is the simplified value of 32  37  75 ?
(A)88075 (B)88800 (C)88200 (D)74000 (E)80800
【Suggested Solution】
32  37  75  8  4  25  3  37=800 111=88800 .
Answer:(B)
2. In a gymnastics competition, an athlete receives a score from each of the seven
judges. After the highest score and the lowest score have been removed, the
average of the remaining five scores is the actual score for that athlete. If the
seven judges give scores of 9.2, 9.5, 9.3, 9.6, 9.1, 9.6 and 9.4 to an athlete, what
is the actual score for this athlete?
(A)9.3 (B) (C)9.4 (D)9.42 (E)9.5
【Suggested Solution】
After the highest score 9.6 and the lowest score 9.1 were removed, the average of the
remaining score of the 5 judges is (9.2  9.3  9.4  9.5  9.6)  5  9.4 score.
Answer:(C)
3. There are 4 children in the first row, and each subsequent row has one more child
than the preceding row. If there are 39 children altogether, how many children
are in the last row?
(A)5 (B)6 (C)9 (D)15 (E)35
【Suggested Solution #1】
From the given information, we know that 4  5  6  7  8  9  39, so there must be
9 children on the last row.
【Suggested Solution #2】
According to the problem, we know that after the first row there are 39  4  35
children. Since there will be 5 children seated on the second row, so after the second
row there will be 35  5  30 children.
Then there will be 6 children seated on the third row, so after the third row there will
be 30  6  24 children.
Then that there will be 7 children seated on the fourth row, so after the fourth row
there will be 24  7  17 children.
It follow that there will be 8 children seated on the fifth row, then after the fifth row
there will be 17  8  9 children. And there will be 9 children seated on the sixth row,
sachtienganhhanoi.com

so there must be six rows only. Thus, there will be 9 children on the last row.
【Suggested Solution #3】
Assume there are still 3 extra rows before the first row such that there are 1, 2 and 3
children, then the total number of children are 39  1  2  3  45, and we know that
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  45, hence there are 9 children on the last row.
Answer:(C)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [112]


4. When 200 is subtracted from the square of a positive integer n, the difference is a
three-digit multiple of 4. How many different values can n take?
(A)8 (B)9 (C)16 (D)17 (E)32
【Suggested Solution】
Since 200 is also a multiple of 4, then the sum of the required three-digit number and
200 will be an even perfect square number and it must not be less than 300 and
greater than 1199.
We know that 162  256  300  324  182 and 342  1156  1199  1296  162.
Hence, three-digit numbers that meet the conditions are 182  200  124,
202  200  200, 222  200  284, 242  200  376, 262  200  476,
282  200  584, 302  200  700, 322  200  824 and 342  200  956. There are
a total of 9 three-digit numbers satisfying the requirement of the problem.
Answer:(B)
5. From a cubical box without the top, a circle is removed from
each of two opposite faces. Which of the following shapes can be
folded to form such a box?

(A) (B) (C)

(D) (E)

【Suggested Solution】
(A) (B) (C) sachtienganhhanoi.com

(D) (E)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [113]


Let us fold the expanded view of each 5 options in the given problem in the form of
boxes and then rotate them, we able to observe that among the 5 available figures,
only option (C) meets the requirements, while other options when folded as boxes,
the two circles are in the adjacent surface.
Answer:(C)
6. If a computer printer is sold at a 10% off discount, a profit of $220 can still be
made. However, if it is sold at a 20% off discount, there will be a loss of $100.
What is the list price of this computer printer?
【Suggested Solution】
From the given information, we know the list price of the printer is
(220  100)  (0.9  0.8)  3200 dollars.
Answer: $3200
7. There are three storage compartments in an airplane. The maximum weight
which can be stored in them are 10, 16 and 8 tons respectively. The maximum
volume which can be stored in them are 66, 84 and 51 m3 respectively. The
airplane is used to transport grain, each ton of which has volume 6 m3. If the
actual weight of grain in each compartment must be in the same proportion to the
maximum weight allowed in that compartment, what is the maximum weight of
grain the airplane can transport at a time?
Front Middle Back
maximum
10 16 8
weight/tons
maximum
66 84 51
volume /m3
【Suggested Solution】
Since the maximum volume of the three storage compartments are 66  6 10,
84  6 16 and 51  6  8, then we know the middle storage compartment can store
at most 84  6  14 tons of grain, while the front storage compartment can store at
14
most 10   8.75 tons of grain and the rear storage compartment can store at most
16
14
8   7 tons of grain. Therefore, the airplane can store at most a total of
16
8.75  14  7  29.75 tons of grain.
Answer: 29.75 tons
8. In triangle ABC, D is the midpoint of BC. E is an A
sachtienganhhanoi.com

arbitrary point on CA, and F is the midpoint of BE. If the


area of triangle ABC is 120 cm2 and the area of the E
2 2
quadrilateral AFDC is 80 cm , what is the area, in cm ,
of triangle BDF?
F
B D C

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [114]


【Suggested Solution】
Connect FC, let S represent the area. From the given information, we have
1
S△ABF  S△AFE , S△BCF  S△FCE . It follows S△AFC  S△ABC  60 cm2.
2
Hence, S△BDF  S△FDC  S AFDC  S△AFC  80  60  20 cm2.
Answer: 20 cm2
9. The number sentences 1000  991  9 and 1001  994  7 are examples in
which the difference between a four-digit number and a three-digit number is a
one-digit number. How many such number sentences are there, including these
two examples?
【Suggested Solution】
Clearly, the least four-digit number is 1000 and largest four-digit number is 1008,
otherwise the difference of four-digit number and three-digit number will be greater
than or equal to 1009  999  10.
When the four-digit number is 1000, the possible three-digit numbers that can be used
are from 991 to 999, so there are 9 number sentences.
When the four-digit number is 1001, the possible three-digit numbers that can be used
are from 992 to 999, so there are 8 number sentences.
When the four-digit number is 1002, the possible three-digit numbers that can be used
are from 993 to 999, so there are 7 number sentences.
When the four-digit number is 1003, the possible three-digit numbers that can be used
are from 994 to 999, so there are 6 number sentences.
When the four-digit number is 1004, the possible three-digit numbers that can be used
are from 995 to 999, so there are 5 number sentences.
When the four-digit number is 1005, the possible three-digit numbers that can be used
are from 996 to 999, so there are 4 number sentences.
When the four-digit number is 1006, the possible three-digit numbers that can be used
are from 997 to 999, so there are 3 number sentences.
When the four-digit number is 1007, the possible three-digit numbers that can be used
are from 998 to 999, so there are 2 number sentences.
When the four-digit number is 1008, the only possible three-digit numbers that can be
used is 999, so there is 1 number sentence only.
Answer: 45 number sentences

10. An ant starts from the top left corner square of a 3  5 chessboard. It moves
from a square to the adjacent square in the same row or column. After visiting
every square exactly once, it ends up at the square in the middle row second
column from the right. How many different paths can the ant follow?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

A C M
D B F
E N

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [115]


【Suggested Solution】
Let us label all the squares surrounding square B as shown. Based on the conditions
of the problem, we know the ant must pass through squares C, D, E or F before
reaching square B.
Case 1: If the last square before the ant reaches square B is the square F and the
only possibility to reach F is passing thru square M or square N, and from square M
or square N, no matter it is moving to any squares, it is impossible to return back to
the initial square, which is the square A. So the ant cannot reach square B via square
F.

Case 2: If it is the last square allowing the ant to reach B is via square E, before
reaching square E the ant must pass thru square N only. Since there is no other square
connecting to square E, then the square that can connect square N is the square F, and
following the same pattern, continuing to trace back, we know there are two different
paths, as shown below.
A C M A C M
D B F D B F
E N E N
Case 3: If it is the last square allowing the ant to reach B is via square C, before
reaching square C, the ant must pass thru square M only. Since there is no other
square connecting to square C, then square that can connect square M is the square F,
and following the same pattern, continuing to trace back, there are also two different
paths, as shown below.
A C M A C M
D B F D B F
E N E N
Case 4: If it is the last square allowing the ant to reach square B is via square D,
with the same pattern as discussed above, there are 4 different paths from square A to
square B as the diagrams below.
A C M A C M A C M A C M
D B F D B F D B F D B F
E N E N E N E N
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Therefore, the ant has 8 different paths to move from A to B.


Answer: 8 paths
11. Lily’s eight-digit telephone number is divisible by 3 and 5. Micky can only
remember its first six digits, which are 8, 9, 2, 0, 1 and 5 in that order. What is
the maximum number of times Micky has to dial before connecting to the correct
telephone number?

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [116]


【Suggested Solution】
Since the telephone number 892015□□ must be divisible by 5, then its units’ digit
must be either 0 or 5.
When the units’digit is 0, then 892015□0 must be divisible by 3, it follows that 8 + 9
+ 2 + 0 + 1 + 5 + □ + 0 = 25 + □ is also divisible by 3, this implies only 2, 5 or 8
can be filled in the tens’ position □.
When the units’digit is 5, then 892015□5 is divisible by 3, it follows that 8 + 9 + 2 +
0 + 1 + 5 + □ + 5 = 30 + □ is also divisible by 3, this implies only 0, 3, 6 or 9 can
be filled in the tens’ position □.
Answer: 7 times
12. ABCD, CEFG and DGMN are squares, with G on CD and F on MN. If AB = 10
cm and MN = 6 cm, what is the area of triangle AME, in cm2?
A D N

G M
F

B C E
【Suggested Solution #1】
Extend segments BC, NM so they intersect at P as shown in diagram on the left below.
Then ABPN is a rectangle and AN  10  6  16 cm, the side length of square CEFG
is 10  6  4 cm, so that BE  10  4  14 cm, EP  6  4  2 cm. Hence
S△AEM  S ABPN  S△ABE  S△EPM  S△AMN
1 1 1
 10  16   10  14   2  4   16  6  38 cm2
2 2 2
A D N A D N

G M G M
F F

B C E P B C E
【Suggested Solution #2】
Connect AF as in the diagram at the right. From the given information, the side length
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1
of square CEFG is 10  6  4 cm, FM  6  4  2 S△AFM   2  6  6 cm2,
2
1 1
S△FEM   2  4  4 cm2, S△AEF   4  (10  4)  28 cm2. Therefore,
2 2
S△AEM  S△AFM  S△FEM  S△AEF  6  4  28  38 cm2.
Answer: 38 cm2

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [117]


13. The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 are divided into two groups. The sum
of all the numbers in one group is n, while the product of all the numbers in the
other group is also n. What is the maximum value of n?
【Suggested Solution】
When n  42 : divide the given numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 into two
groups such that the first group composed of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 with a sum of
42 while the second group composed of 6 and 7 with a product of 42. It meets the
condition.
When n  43, 44, 46 and 47 : the number n containing the prime number (such as
43, 11, 23 or 47) is greater than 10, and this causes difficulty to compose the second
group that produces a product of n.
When n  45: since 45  3  3  5  5  9, so the numbers in the second must
contain 5 and 9 only, while the numbers in the first group will then be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7,
8, 10 with a sum of 41, which does not meet the condition of the problem.
When n  48: the sum of all numbers in the first group is not less than 48, then the
sum of all numbers in the other group cannot be greater than 1  2   10  48  7,
it is clear that the product of this group cannot be greater than 48, which is a
contradiction!
Thus, the maximum value of n is 42.
Answer: 42
【Remark】
In considering this case that the second group has two numbers a and b only, then
from the given information we have 55  (a  b)  ab, after the rearrangement we
have (a  1)(b  1)  56  7  8, so the only possibilities are a  6, b  7 or a  7,
b  6. It follows that n  42.

14. We increase by 1 each of three prime numbers, not necessarily distinct. Then we
form the product of these three sums. How many numbers between 1999 to 2021
can appear as such a product?
【 】
Assume the three prime numbers as p  q  r , we consider the different cases for p,
q and r.
Case 1: If p  q  2, then n  9(r  1), so n is divisible by 9. Thus, between 1999
to 2021, only 2007 and 2016 is divisible by 9.
 When n  2007, it follows r  1  223, so that r  222. But 222 is not a prime
number, therefore no numbers satisfy the condition when n = 2007.
 When n  2016 , it follows r  1  224, so that r  223 , which is a prime
sachtienganhhanoi.com

number, therefore 2016 satisfies the condition.

Case 2: If p  2, 2  q  r , then n  3(q  1)(r  1) with both q  1 and r  1 are


even number greater than 2, it follows n is divisible by 3 and 4, so that the possible
value of n must be 2004 and 2016. From case 1, we know 2016 satisfies the condition
of the problem.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [118]


 When n  2004 , then (q  1)(r  1)  668  22 167, so 668 cannot be expressed
as the product of even numbers greater than 2. Hence, 2004 did not meet the
condition of the problem.

Case 3: If 2  p  q  r , then each of p  1, q  1 and r  1 is even number greater


than 2, so the value of n must be divisible by 8, it follows that the possible values of n
are 2000, 2008 and 2016. From the above cases, 2016 meets the requirements of the
problem.
 When n  2000 , then ( p  1)(q  1)(r  1)  24  53 , it follows only of p  1,
q  1 or is a multiple of 4. Suppose r  1 is not a multiple of 4, neither
2  5  1  9, 2  52  1  49, nor 2  53  1  249 is a prime number, so that
2000 did not meet the condition of the problem.
 When n  2008 , then ( p  1)(q  1)(r  1)  23  251, ,so that only one of p  1,
q  1 or r  1 is an even number greater than 2. Hence, 2008 did not meet the
condition of the problem.
Thus, from all the cases above, there is only one number between 1999 to 2021
meeting all the conditions of the problem and that is 2016.

【Suggested Solution #2】


Let us assume the three prime numbers represented as p  q  r and deeply analyze
these three numbers.
Since each value of p  1, q  1 and r  1 must be equal to 3 or even number
greater than 3, so the value of ( p  1)(q  1)(r  1) will be either multiple of 3 or
multiple of 8. Between 1999 to 2021, we will deal with 2000, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2008,
2010, 2013, 2014, 2016, 2019 in order to find out which of them satisfies the
condition of the problem.
We know that 2000  24  53 , is not a multiple of 3, now express 2000 as the product
of three even numbers such that each of them is greater than 3:
2000  22  (2  5)  (2  52 )  4  10  50
 (2  5)  (2  5)  (22  5)  10  10  20
But 10  9  1, 9 is not a prime number, so has not met the condition.
For the case of 2001  3  23  29 , but neither 23 nor 29 is an even number greater
than 3, so has not met the condition.
For the case of 2004  22  3 167 , in the three factors except the prime number 3,
the other two numbers are both neither even number greater than 3, so has not met the
sachtienganhhanoi.com

condition.
For the case of 2007  32  223 , in the three factors except the prime number 3 the
other two numbers are both neither even number greater than 3, so has not met the
condition.
For the case of 2008  23  251 , all the factors are not even numbers of greater than 3,
so has not met the condition.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [119]


For the case of 2010  2  3  5  67 , in the three factors except the prime number 3
the other two numbers are both neither even number greater than 3, so has not met the
condition.
For the case of 2013  3 11 67 , in the three factors except the prime number 3 the
other two numbers are both neither even number greater than 3, so has not met the
condition.
For the case of 2014  2 19  53 , all the factors are not even numbers of greater
than 3, so has no met the condition.
For the case of 2016  25  32  7 , we now express 2016 as the product of three even
numbers in which some are greater than or equal to 3: 2016  3  4 168 , where
3  2  1 , 4  3  1 , 168  167  1. But 2, 3 and 167 are prime numbers, so it meets
the condition of the problem. Hence, 2016 is the solution.
For the case of 2019  3  673 , in the three factors except the prime number 3 the
other two numbers are both neither even number greater than 3, so has not met the
condition.
Based on all the cases above, we conclude that between 1999 to 2021, there is one
that meets the condition of the problem and that is 2016.
Answer: 2016

【Marking Scheme】
(1) Indicate each value of p  1, q  1 and r  1 is only even number greater than
or equal to 3 will be rewarded 5 marks.
(2) Indicate the value of ( p  1)(q  1)(r  1) is only multiple of 3 or multiple of 8
will be rewarded 5 marks.
(3) Aside from the discussion of the case consists of 2016, other numbers that has
not met the conditions of the problem will be rewarded 5 marks.
(4) Only the correct answer without solutions will be rewarded 5 marks. In case,
more than one answers are given, NO marks must be rewarded.

15. Each side of an equilateral triangle is divided into 6 equal parts by 5 points, and
these points are joined by lines parallel to the sides of the triangle, dividing into
36 small equilateral triangles. A regular hexagon is the same size as 6 of the
small equilateral triangles put together. What is the maximum number of such
hexagons that can along the grid line fit inside the large equilateral triangle
without overlap?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [120]


【Suggested Solution #1】
We can put four congruent regular hexagons in the given equilateral triangle as the
diagram shown. A

B C
We will now do the proving that no more than four congruent regular hexagons can
be placed inside the given equilateral triangle. We consider how many small
equilateral triangles cannot be used as part of a regular hexagon. By observation,
there is one side of some regular hexagon which coincides with the side BC of
equilateral triangle.
Suppose none of one side of regular hexagon lies on side BC of equilateral triangle,
then none of the 11 small triangular grids in the lower row of equilateral triangle will
be part of regular hexagon.
Suppose one side of a regular hexagon lies on side BC of equilateral triangle, then
there are 8 small triangular grids in the lower row of equilateral triangle that will not
be part of regular hexagon.
Suppose one side of two regular hexagon lies on side BC of equilateral triangle, then
there are 5 small triangular grids in the lower row of equilateral triangle that will not
be part of regular hexagon.
According to Principle of Symmetry, there are at least 5 small triangular grids in each
side of △ABC that are not part of regular hexagon.
Deduct those small triangular grids that are repeated, we know there are at least
5  3  3  12 small triangular grids in the given diagram that are not part of △ABC.
Since there are 36 small triangular girds in the diagram, so there are three that cannot
exceed (36  12)  6  4 regular hexagons which can fill in the given equilateral
triangle.

【Suggested Solution #2】


Let us first paint every two small neighboring triangular grips by white color and blue
color alternately as shown in the diagram below.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [121]


We have exactly 15 white color triangular grips inside the big equilateral triangle and
each regular hexagon will contain exactly three (3) white color triangular grips, so we
can exactly put five (5) regular hexagons. Observe all the white color triangular grips
that are parallel to lowest base (parallel to the horizontal base of equilateral triangle)
of the given equilateral triangle, we note that there will be five (5) white color
triangular grips in the lowest row of equilateral triangle, then there will be at most
two white color triangular grips in the lowest base (parallel to the horizontal base of
equilateral triangle) of each regular hexagon, and so on. The last row of small
triangular grips in the given equilateral triangle we can at most put are two(2) regular
hexagon on it, then at least one (1) white color small triangular grip cannot be part of
regular hexagon. Hence, in the given equilateral triangle there are at most 14 white
color small triangular grips will be in some of regular hexagons, that is; we can put
exactly four (4) regular hexagons in △ABC as shown below.

Answer: 4 regular hexagons


【Marking Scheme】
(1) Able to indicate that there are at least 5 small triangular grids in each side of
△ABC are not part of any regular hexagon will be rewarded 10 marks.
(2) Able to indicate that at least 12 small triangular grids not belonging to part of any
regular hexagons will be rewarded 5 marks.
(3) Able to paint two neighboring small triangular grids that were inside the △ABC
in alternate color will rewarded 10 marks.
(4) Indicate at least 1 white color small triangular grid cannot fit in the given
equilateral triangle will rewarded 5 marks.
(5) Indicate the correct answer with the correct diagram will be awarded 5 marks. sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [122]


International Mathematics Assessments for Schools

2015 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER


Time allowed:75 minutes

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


GENERAL
1. Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
2. No calculators, slide rules, log tables, math stencils, mobile phones or other
calculating aids are permitted. Scribbling paper, graph paper, ruler and compasses
are permitted, but are not essential.
3. Diagrams are NOT drawn to scale. They are intended only as aids.
4. There are 20 multiple-choice questions, each with 5 choices. Choose the most
reasonable answer. The last 5 questions require whole number answers between
000 and 999 inclusive. The questions generally get harder as you work through the
paper. There is no penalty for an incorrect response.
5. This is a mathematics assessment, not a test; do not expect to answer all questions.
6. Read the instructions on the answer sheet carefully. Ensure your name, school
name and school year are filled in. It is your responsibility that the Answer Sheet
is correctly coded.
7. When your teacher gives the signal, begin working on the problems.
THE ANSWER SHEET
1. Use only pencils.
2. Record your answers on the reverse side of the Answer Sheet (not on the question
paper) by FULLY filling in the circles which correspond to your choices.
3. Your Answer Sheet will be read by a machine. The machine will see all markings
even if they are in the wrong places. So please be careful not to doodle or write
anything extra on the Answer Sheet. If you want to change an answer or remove
any marks, use a plastic eraser and be sure to remove all marks and smudges.
INTEGRITY OF THE COMPETITION
The IMAS reserves the right to re-examine students before deciding whether to
sachtienganhhanoi.com

grant official status to their scores.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [123]


2015 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER

Questions 1-10, 3 marks each


1. Which of the following expression is incorrect?
(A) 29  92  (2  9)  (9  2) (B) 47  74  (4  7)  (7  4)
(C) 36  63  (3  6)  (6  3) (D) 56  65  (5  6)  (6  5)
(E) 38  83  (3  8)  (8  3)

2. Each of P, Q and R writes down an integer greater than 2015. When 2013 is
subtracted from P’s number, 2014 is subtracted from Q’s number and 2015 is
subtracted from R’s number, the product of the differences is 88407. Which of
the following statements is correct?
(A)P’s and Q’s numbers are odd and R’s is even.
(B)Q’s and R’s numbers are odd and P’s is even.
(C)R’s and P’s numbers are odd and Q’s is even.
(D)All three numbers are odd.
(E)Q’s number is odd and R’s and P’s numbers are even.

3. Which of the following figures has area closest to 1?


(A) (B) (C)
1
2
7 3
3 1 2

3 2 3
5 2

(D) 11
(E)
3
10 2

11 3
10 5
sachtienganhhanoi.com

4. The numerator of a fraction is reduced by 25% and the denominator is increased


by 25%. By which of the following numbers can we multiply the original
fraction to obtain the new fraction?
1 1 3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)1
2 4 4 5

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [124]


UP 2
5. Sixteen points are arranged in a 3 cm by 3 cm formation.
Four of them are removed, leaving behind twelve points as
shown in the diagram. If we choose three of these twelve
points as vertices of a triangle, what is the largest possible
area of this triangle, in cm2 ?

9 3
(A)9 (B) (C)3 (D)2 (E)
2 2

6. From one-third of a positive integer, one-quarter of the next integer is subtracted.


If the difference is 2, what is the sum of the two integers?
(A)31 (B)45 (C)55 (D)79 (E)103

7. The diagram below is the seating plan of a cinema. How many blocks of three
adjacent seats are unshaded, not counting those in the first row?
Optional Seating Sold Seating

Screen

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
(A)15 (B)16 (C)17 (D)18 (E)19

8. In an amusement park, each ride on the Bumper Cars costs 10 dollars, each ride
sachtienganhhanoi.com

on the Pirate Boat costs 15 dollars and each ride on the Roller Coaster costs 20
dollars. If Waldo spends 110 dollars in total on at least one ride of each kind, how
many times has he taken a ride on the Roller Coaster?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)3 (D)4 (E)5

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [125]


UP 3
9. The first term of a sequence is 2. Each subsequent term is the remainder when 3
times the preceding term is divided by 5. Thus the second term is 1, the
remainder when 3  2  6 is divided by 5. How many of the first 2015 terms of
this sequence are equal to 1?
(A)403 (B)504 (C)672 (D)1008 (E)2014

10. A cubic box of side length 15 cm has two holes. One of them is 5 cm above and 5
cm to the left of the bottom right corner of the front face. The other is 5 cm
below and 5 cm to the left of the top right corner of the right face. The size of the
holes and the thickness of the box are negligible. If the box is filled with water
and one of its faces rests on a horizontal surface, some water will leak out
through the holes. What is the maximum amount, in cm3, of water that can
remain inside the box?
5cm

5cm

15cm

5cm

5cm
(A)1000 (B)1125 (C)1500 (D)2250 (E)3375

Questions 11-20, 4 marks each


11. How many prime numbers less than 50 is 1 more than the product of two distinct
prime numbers each less than 50?
(A)2 (B) (C)4 (D)5 (E)6

12. Goldie has two identical gold coins and Sylvia has three identical silver coins.
The total weight of Goldie’s coins is equal to the total weight of Sylvia’s coins. If
they trade one coin with each other, then the total weight of Goldie’s coins is 12
grams less than the total weight of Sylvia’s coins. What is the weight, in grams,
of each gold coin?
(A)12 (B)15 (C)18 (D)21 (E)24
sachtienganhhanoi.com

13. Jasmine tea sells for 320 dollars per kg while Oolong tea sells for 480 dollars per
kg. A mixture consisting of 3 parts of Jasmine tea to 5 parts of Oolong tea sells
for 450 dollars per kg. What is the maximum amount, in dollars, for which 10 kg
of each of Jasmine tea and Oolong tea may be sold?
(A)8000 (B)8080 (C)8400 (D)8480 (E)9000

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [126]


UP 4
14. Which of the following boxes has a net as shown in the diagram below?

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

15. The greatest common divisor of a certain positive integer and 315 is 3, and the
least common multiple of the same integer and 45 is 360. What is this integer?
(A)12 (B)24 (C)30 (D)36 (E)48

16. After the fourth test, Kenny’s average mark rises by 5 points, but after the fifth
test, it drops by 9 points. If his total score in the last two tests is 122 points, how
many points does he score in the last test?
(A)91 (B)71 (C)61 (D)41 (E)31

17. Two paths are to be constructed in a garden 5 m by 5 m and three plans have
been submitted. If the amount of space not taken up by the paths is to be as large
as possible, which of the following statements is correct?
1m 1m 1m 1m
5m

5m 1m

1m

Plan I Plan II Plan III


(A)The non-path area in Plan I is the largest.
(B)The non-path area in Plan II is the largest.
(C)The non-path area in Plan III is the largest.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(D)The non-path areas in all three plans are the same.


(E)The non-path areas in Plan I and Plan III are the same.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [127]


UP 5
18. City B is between City A and City C. William is riding a bike from B to C, a
distance of 16 km. After he has gone 6 km, Mary begins to drive a car at 60 km
per hour from A to C. If William continues onward, he will reach C at the same
time as Mary. If he turns back, he will reach B at the same time as Mary. What is
his riding speed, in km per hour?
(A)15 (B)16 (C)18 (D)20 (E)24

19. The eight symbols 2, 0, 1, 5, I, M, A and S are to be arranged in a row. The digits
must precede the letters, and 0 cannot be in the first place. How many such
arrangements are there?
(A)100 (B)232 (C)400 (D)432 (E)576

20. A hotel has 11 rooms and each staff member has keys to 7 different rooms. For
each room, at least two staff members must hold its key. What is the minimum
number of staff members the hotel must have?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)5 (D)6 (E)7

Questions 21-25, 6 marks each


21. If the first digit after the decimal point of a number is 4 or less, the number is
rounded down, but if it is 5 or more, the number is rounded up. When 4 times a
positive integer is divided by 100, the result after rounding is 18. When 9 times
the same integer is divided by 100, the result after rounding is 42. What is this
integer?

22. The sum of the three digits of a positive integer is 13. When this integer is
subtracted from the one obtained by writing its digits in reverse order, the
difference is 297. What is the maximum value of this integer?

23. A 10 cm by 18 cm piece of paper is folded twice into a 10 cm by 4.5 cm stack of


thickness 4, as shown in Figure 1. Eight 1 cm by 3 cm holes, two of which are
adjacent, are cut from the stack, as shown in Figure 2. When the stack is unfolded,
as shown in Figure 3, what is the area, in cm2, of this piece of punctured paper?
18 cm
sachtienganhhanoi.com

10 cm

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [128]


UP 6
24. The diagram shows a 5 by 5 chessboard and an L-shaped
piece which covers exactly 4 squares of the chessboard.
It may be rotated or reflected. In how many ways can be it
placed on the chessboard covering exactly 4 squares?

25. In an election between three candidates, they are supported respectively by 10, 35
and 15 of the first 60 voters. 40 more votes are to be cast, each for one of the
three candidates. In how many ways can the candidate currently with 10
supporters become the uncontested winner?

***

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [129]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [130]


Solution to
Fifth International Mathematics Assessment for Schools
Round 1 of Upper Division
1. Which of the following expression is incorrect?
(A) 29  92  (2  9)  (9  2) (B) 47  74  (4  7)  (7  4)
(C) 36  63  (3  6)  (6  3) (D) 56  65  (5  6)  (6  5)
(E) 38  83  (3  8)  (8  3)
【Solution】
Each of (A), (B), (D) and (E) states that 1111  121 . Since 36  63  9  9 , (C) is
incorrect.
Answer:(C)
2. Each of P, Q and R writes down an integer greater than 2015. When 2013 is
subtracted from P’s number, 2014 is subtracted from Q’s number and 2015 is
subtracted from R’s number, the product of the differences is 88407. Which of
the following statements is correct?
(A)P’s and Q’s numbers are odd and R’s is even.
(B)Q’s and R’s numbers are odd and P’s is even.
(C)R’s and P’s numbers are odd and Q’s is even.
(D)All three numbers are odd.
(E)Q’s number is odd and R’s and P’s numbers are even.
【Solution】
Since the product is odd, all three differences are odd. Hence (E) is correct.
Answer:(E)
3. Which of the following figures has area closest to 1?
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
11 3
1
10 2
2
7 3 3
11
3 2 5
1 10
3
3
2 2
5

【Solution】
1 7 3 7 3
The area of figure (A) is    , that is different with 1;
2 3 5 10 10
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1 1 5 1
The area of figure (B) is  (  2)  1  , that is different with 1;
2 2 4 4
1 3 3 9 1
The area of figure (C) is    , that is
2 2 2 8 8
11 11 121 21
The area of figure (D) is   , that is different with 1;
10 10 100 100

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [131]


3 3 9 1
  , that is
The area of figure (E) is different with 1.
2 5 10 10
3 60 1 50 21 42 1 25 1 20
Since          , hence the closest is (E).
10 200 4 200 100 200 8 200 10 200
Answer:(E)
4. The numerator of a fraction is reduced by 25% and the denominator is increased
by 25%. By which of the following numbers can we multiply the original
fraction to obtain the new fraction?
1 1 3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)1
2 4 4 5
【Solution】
3
The change in the numerator reduces the fraction to of it. The change in
4
4 3 4 3
denominator reduces the fraction to of it. Since   , the correct choice is (D).
5 4 5 5
Answer:(D)

5. Sixteen points are arranged in a 3 cm by 3 cm formation. Four of


them are removed, leaving behind twelve points as shown in the
diagram. If we choose three of these twelve points as vertices of
a triangle, what is the largest possible area of this triangle, in
cm2 ?
9 3
(A)9 (B) (C)3 (D)2 (E)
2 2
【Solution】
It is clear that we should not choose any of the four central points. Then two of the
vertices are in the same row while the third one is in the opposite row. The height is
3 cm and the largest possible base is also 3 cm. Hence the largest possible area of this
1 9
triangle is  3  3= cm2, the correct choice is (B).
2 2
Answer:(B)

6. From one-third of a positive integer, one-quarter of the next integer is subtracted.


If the difference is 2, what is the sum of the two integers?
(A)31 (B)45 (C)55 (D)79 (E)103
【Solution】
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1 1 1 1
The amount subtracted is one-fourth of the smaller integer plus . Hence  
4 3 4 12
1 9 9 1
of the smaller integer is equal to 2   . Hence the smaller integer is   27 ,
4 4 4 12
and 27  28  55 . Hence the correct choice is (C).
Answer:(C)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [132]


7. The diagram below is the seating plan of a cinema. How many blocks of three
adjacent seats are unshaded, not counting those in the first row?
Optional Seating Sold Seating
Screen

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
(A)15 (B)16 (C)17 (D)18 (E)19
【Solution】
Among the available seats, there are two blocks of length 3, one block of length 6 and
two block of length 7. The total number of ways is given by
2  ((3  2)  (7  2))  (6  2)  16 . The correct choice is (B).
Answer:(B)
8. In an amusement park, each ride on the Bumper Cars costs 10 dollars, each ride
on the Pirate Boat costs 15 dollars and each ride on the Roller Coaster costs 20
dollars. If Waldo spends 110 dollars in total on at least one ride of each kind, how
many times has he taken a ride on the Roller Coaster?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)3 (D)4 (E)5
【Solution】
Since we wish to maximize the number of rides on the Roller Coaster, we minimize
the numbers of rides of the other two kinds. Note that since 110 is even, Waldo must
have ridden Bumper Cars once and the Pirate Ship twice. The total cost is
10  2 15  40 dollars, and 110  40  70 dollars are enough for 3 rides on the
Roller Coaster, with 10 dollars left over for another ride on Bumper Cars. The correct
choice is (C).
Answer:(C)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

9. The first term of a sequence is 2. Each subsequent term is the remainder when 3
times the preceding term is divided by 5. Thus the second term is 1, the
remainder when 3  2  6 is divided by 5. How many of the first 2015 terms of
this sequence are equal to 1?
(A)403 (B)504 (C)672 (D)1008 (E)2014

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [133]


【Solution】
The sequence is periodic with the repeating block (2, 1, 3, 4). The number of
complete blocks up to 2015 is 503 since 2015  4  503  3 . Since there is a 1 in the
incomplete block, the total is 503  1  504 . The correct choice is (B).
Answer:(B)

10. A cubic box of side length 15 cm has two holes.


5cm
One of them is 5 cm above and 5 cm to the left of
5cm
the bottom right corner of the front face. The
other is 5 cm below and 5 cm to the left of the top
right corner of the right face. The size of the holes
and the thickness of the box are negligible. If the 15cm
box is filled with water and one of its faces rests
5cm
on a horizontal surface, some water will leak out
through the holes. What is the maximum amount, 5cm
3
in cm , of water that can remain inside the box?
(A)1000 (B)1125 (C)1500 (D)2250 (E)3375
【Solution】
To maximize the distance between the lower hole and the table, the box should rest of
the left face. Then the box can hold an amount of water equal to
15 15  (15  5)  2250 cm3. The correct choice is (D).
Answer:(D)

11. How many prime numbers less than 50 is 1 more than the product of two distinct
prime numbers each less than 50?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)6
【Solution】
Since the product is even, the smaller of the two prime factors is 2. Possible products
less than 50 are 6, 10, 14, 22, 26, 34, 38 and 46, but 15, 27, 35 and 39 are not prime
numbers. The correct choice is (C).
Answer:(C)

12. Goldie has two identical gold coins and Sylvia has three identical silver coins.
The total weight of Goldie’s coins is equal to the total weight of Sylvia’s coins. If
they trade one coin with each other, then the total weight of Goldie’s coins is 12
grams less than the total weight of Sylvia’s coins. What is the weight, in grams,
of each gold coin?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)12 (B)15 (C)18 (D)21 (E)24


【 】
After the trade, Sylvia has one more silver coin than Goldie. Hence its weight is 12
grams. The total weight of two gold coins is equal to the total weight of three silver
coins, which is 36 grams. The correct choice is (C).
Answer:(C)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [134]


13. Jasmine tea sells for 320 dollars per kg while Oolong tea sells for 480 dollars per
kg. A mixture consisting of 3 parts of Jasmine tea to 5 parts of Oolong tea sells
for 450 dollars per kg. What is the maximum amount, in dollars, for which 10 kg
of each of Jasmine tea and Oolong tea may be sold?
(A)8000 (B)8080 (C)8400 (D)8480 (E)9000
【Solution】
If we do not mix, the total amount is 10  (320+480)  8000 dollars. When 1 kg of
the mixture is separated into its component parts and sold separately, the price is
(3  320  5  480)  8  420 dollars, 30 dollars less than the price of the mixture.
Thus we should mix as much as we can.
Now 6 kg of Jasmine tea can mix with the 10 kg of Oolong tea to yield 16 kg of the
mixture. Hence the total amount can be as high as 8000  16  30  8480 dollars.
The correct choice is (D).
Answer:(D)
14. Which of the following boxes has a net as shown in the
diagram below?

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

【Solution】
Rotate (B) about the axis through the centre of the front face, rotate (D) about the axis
through the centre of the top face, and rotate (E) about the axis through the centre of
the right face. Then the front face and the right faces are as in (A). The top face of
each of (A), (D) and (E) is blank, which is wrong. The triangle in the top face of (C)
is pointing in the wrong direction. Hence the correct choice is (B).
Answer:(B)
15. The greatest common divisor of a certain positive integer and 315 is 3, and the
least common multiple of the same integer and 45 is 360. What is this integer?
(A)12 (B)24 (C)30 (D)36 (E)
【Solution】
Note that 45  32  5 , 315  32  5  7 and 360  23  32  5 . Hence the only prime
factors of our number are 2, 3 and 5. We rule out 32 and 5 since the greatest common
divisor with 315 is 3. It must be divisible by 23 since 45 is not. The correct choice is
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(B).
Answer:(B)
16. After the fourth test, Kenny’s average mark rises by 5 points, but after the fifth
test, it drops by 9 points. If his total score in the last two tests is 122 points, how
many points does he score in the last test?
(A)91 (B)71 (C)61 (D)41 (E)31

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [135]


【Solution】
Kenny’s score in the fourth test is 5  4  20 points higher than his average in the
first three tests. His score in the fifth test is 9  5  45 points lower than his average
in the first four tests, and hence 40 points lower than his average in the first three
tests. It follows that the difference between his scores in the last two tests is
20  40  60 points. Since their sum is 122 points and the score of the last test is
lower, it is (122  60)  2  31.
Answer:(E)
17. Two paths are to be constructed in a garden 5 m by 5 m and three plans have
been submitted. If the amount of space not taken up by the paths is to be as large
as possible, which of the following statements is correct?
1m 1m 1m 1m
5m

5m 1m

1m

Plan I Plan II Plan III


(A)The non-path area in Plan I is the largest.
(B)The non-path area in Plan II is the largest.
(C)The non-path area in Plan III is the largest.
(D)The non-path areas in all three plans are the same.
(E)The non-path areas in Plan I and Plan III are the same.
【Solution】
The paths in Plan II do not overlap. The paths in Plan I overlap in a 1 cm by 1 cm
square. The perpendicular distances between the parallel sides of the paths in Plan III
is less than 1 cm. Hence these paths overlap in a square smaller than 1 cm by 1 cm.
The correct choice is (A).
5m 5m

10 m2
4m
1m 5 m2 5 m2

10 m2 A
B 1m

Answer:(A)
18. City B is between City A and City C. William is riding a bike from B to C, a
sachtienganhhanoi.com

distance of 16 km. After he has gone 6 km, Mary begins to drive a car at 60 km
per hour from A to C. If William continues onward, he will reach C at the same
time as Mary. If he turns back, he will reach B at the same time as Mary. What is
his riding speed, in km per hour?
(A)15 (B)16 (C)18 (D)20 (E)24

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [136]


【Solution】
The time William takes to ride the 6 km back to B is equal to the time Mary drives
from A to B. Suppose William continues on. When Mary reaches B, William is only
16  6  6  4 km away from C. Since they reach C together, Mary’s driving speed is 4
times William’s riding speed. The correct choice is (A).
Answer:(A)
19. The eight symbols 2, 0, 1, 5, I, M, A and S are to be arranged in a row. The digits
must precede the letters, and 0 cannot be in the first place. How many such
arrangements are there?
(A)100 (B)232 (C)400 (D)432 (E)576
【Solution】
The digits may be placed in 3  3  2 1  18 ways while the letters may be placed in
4  3  2 1  24 ways. Since 18  24  432 , the correct choice is (D).
Answer:(D)
20. A hotel has 11 rooms and each staff member has keys to 7 different rooms. For
each room, at least two staff members must hold its key. What is the minimum
number of staff members the hotel must have?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)5 (D)6 (E)7
【Solution】
We need at least 2 11  22 keys. Since 3  7  21 , three staff members are not
enough. With four staff members, two can hold the keys to rooms 1 to 7 while the
other two can hold the keys to rooms 5 to 11.
Answer:(B)
21. If the first digit after the decimal point of a number is 4 or less, the number is
rounded down, but if it is 5 or more, the number is rounded up. When 4 times a
positive integer is divided by 100, the result after rounding is 18. When 9 times
the same integer is divided by 100, the result after rounding is 42. What is this
integer?
【Solution】
The integer times 4 is greater than 1749 but less than 1850. The integer times 9 is
greater than 4149 but less than 4250. Hence it is greater than 4149  9  461 but less
1
than 1850  4  462 . The correct response is 462.
2
Answer:462
22. The sum of the three digits of a positive integer is 13. When this integer is
subtracted from the one obtained by writing its digits in reverse order, the
difference is 297. What is the maximum value of this integer?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

【Solution】
The new number is approximately 300 more than the original number. Thus the units
digit of the original number should be 3 more than the hundreds digit. Since the digit
sum is 13, the largest such number is 508, and indeed 805  508  297 . The correct
response is 508.
Answer:508

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [137]


23. A 10 cm by 18 cm piece of paper is folded twice into a 10 cm by 4.5 cm stack of
thickness 4, as shown in Figure 1. Eight 1 cm by 3 cm holes, two of which are
adjacent, are cut from the stack, as shown in Figure 2. When the stack is unfolded,
as shown in Figure 3, what is the area, in cm2, of this piece of punctured paper?
18 cm

10 cm

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3


【Solution】
The original area of the piece of paper is 10 18  180 cm2. From each layer, the area
removed is 8  3 1  24 cm2. Since there are 4 layers in the stack, the total area
removed is 4  24  96 cm2. The area remaining is therefore 180  96  84 cm2. The
correct response is 084.
Answer:084
24. The diagram shows a 5 by 5 chessboard and an L-shaped
piece which covers exactly 4 squares of the chessboard. It
may be rotated or reflected. In how many ways can be it
placed on the chessboard covering exactly 4 squares?

【Solution】
There are 8 different orientations for the piece. In the orientation given, it can be
shifted 1 or 2 squares up or 1, 2 or 3 squares to the right. Hence the number of
placements of the piece in this orientation is . By symmetry, the
total number of placements is 8 12  96 . The correct response is 096.
Answer:096
25. In an election between three candidates, they are supported respectively by 10, 35
and 15 of the first 60 voters. 40 more votes are to be cast, each for one of the
three candidates. In how many ways can the candidate currently with 10
supporters become the uncontested winner?
【Solution】
After 60 votes have been cast, in order to be the uncontested winner, our favourite
candidate must receive at least 26 of the last 40 votes. Then he does not have to worry
about the third candidate. In the remaining 40  26  14 votes, he must have at least
sachtienganhhanoi.com

as many votes as his only rival. The total number of distributions of up to 14 votes
between them is 1  2  3   15  120 . Of these, 8 ways result in a tie. Half of the
remaining 120  8  112 ways are in his favour, so that there are 8  112  2  64
ways overall. The correct response is 064.
Answer:064

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [138]


5th International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
(2015-2016 )

Upper Primary Division Round 2


Time: 120 minutes

Printed Name: Code: Score:

Instructions:
Do not open the contest booklet until you are told to do so.
Be sure that your name and code are written on the space provided above.
Round 2 of IMAS is composed of three parts; the total score is 100 marks.
Questions 1 to 5 are given as a multiple-choice test. Each question has five
possible options marked as A, B, C, D and E. Only one of these options is correct.
After making your choice, fill in the appropriate letter in the space provided. Each
correct answer is worth 4 marks. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
Questions 6 to 13 are a short answer test. Only Arabic numerals are accepted;
using other written text will not be honored or credited. Some questions have more
than one answer, as such all answers are required to be written down in the space
provided to obtain full marks. Each correct answer is worth 5 marks. There is no
penalty for incorrect answers.
Questions 14 and 15 require a detailed solution or process in which 20 marks are
to be awarded to a completely written solution. Partial marks may be given to an
incomplete presentation. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
Use of electronic computing devices is not allowed.
Only pencil, blue or black ball-pens may be used to write your solution or answer.
Diagrams are not drawn to scale. They are intended as aids only.
After the contest the invigilator will collect the contest paper.
The following area is to be filled in by the judges;
sachtienganhhanoi.com

the contestants are not supposed to mark anything here.


Total
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Score Signature

Score

Score

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [139]


Upper Primary Division Round 2

Questions 1 to 5, 4 marks each


1. What is the value of 666 + 669 + 699 + 999 ?
(A)2433 (B)2970 (C)2973 (D)3030 (E)3033

Answer:

2. The positive integers a, b, c and d are such that


1 1 1 1
= = = .
a − 2013 b + 2014 c − 2015 d + 2016
Which of the following orderings of these four numbers is correct?
(A) b < d < a < c (B) d < b < a < c (C) d < a < b < c
(D) d < b < c < a (E) b < d < c < a

Answer:

3. In which of the following diagrams is the total area of the shaded parts equal to
the total area of the unshaded parts?
(A) (B)

2 2 4 4
1 1 2 2
2 1 2 2 2

2 2 4 4

(C) (D) (E)


4 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1
1 1 2
1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1 1 2
1 1 1
2 2 2
4 1 1 2 2 2

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [140]


UP 2
4. E is a variable point on the side BC of a square ABCD. DEFG is a rectangle with
FG passing through A. As the point E moves from B towards C, how does the
area of DEFG change?
G
G′
A D

F
F′
B E E′ C

(A)Remaining constant
(B)Steadily increasing (C)Steadily decreasing
(D)Increasing and then decreasing (E)Decreasing and then increasing

Answer:

5. Jerry and George are jogging along a circular path. If Jerry runs another 400 m,
he will have completed 2 laps. If George runs another 500 m, he will have
completed 3 laps. The total distance they have covered is 100 m more than 4 laps.
What is the length, in m, of 1 lap?
(A)1000 (B)900 (C)800 (D)750 (E)700

Answer:

Questions 6 to 13, 5 marks each


6. A worker makes 6000 dollars in basic wages plus overtime payment. His
overtime payment is two-thirds of his basic wage. How much, in dollars, is his
basic wage?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: $

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [141]


UP 3
7. The diagram shows a path consisting of four semi-circular arcs. Each arc is of
length 100 m and uses a different side of a square as its diameter. Initially, Jane is
at A and Yves at B. They start walking counter-clockwise at the same time. Jane’s
speed is 120 m per minute and Yves’s is 150 m per minute. Each pauses for 1
second whenever they are at the points A, B, C or D. How many seconds after
starting will Yves catch up for the first time with Jane?

A B
Jane Yves

C D

Answer: seconds

8. There are three kinds of bottles, holding 0.4 L, 0.6 L and 1 L respectively. The
total capacity of several bottles, at least one each kind, is 18 L. How many
possible values of the number of bottles holding 0.6 L are there if there is at least
one bottle of each kind?

Answer: cm2

9. Marion chooses three different non-zero digits and form all possible three-digit
numbers with them. If m is the sum of these numbers and n is the sum of the
m
sachtienganhhanoi.com

digit-sums of these numbers, what is the value of ?


n

Answer: expressions

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [142]


UP 4
10. How many of the integers from 100 to 999 inclusive have the property that the
sum of the units digit and the hundreds digit is equal to the tens digit?

Answer:

11. The diagram shows a shaded triangle in a 6 by 6 board. How many triangles are
there such that their edges are all grid lines of the board or the edges of EFGH,
and their angles are equal respectively to the angles of the shaded triangle? You
should also count the shaded triangle.

Answer:

12. There are 26 toys be distributed into five boxes, with a, b, c, d and e toys in them
respectively, where a, b, c, d and e are positive integers. The diagram shows four
combinations of two boxes at a time. The total number of toys in the two boxes
exceeds 11 in all but the second case. How many different distributions are there?

a c b c
e a c d
sachtienganhhanoi.com


1 ○
2 ○
3 ○
4

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [143]


UP 5
13. The diagram shows a 6 by 6 board with three barriers. An ant is at the top left
corner and wishes to reach the bottom right corner. It may only crawl between
squares which share a common side, and only towards the bottom or the right, It
cannot pass through any barrier. How many different paths can it follow?

A
Answer: paths

Questions 14 to 15, 20 marks each


(Detailed solutions are needed for these two problems)
14. What is the largest integer n such that there is a multiple of 4 than greater n 2 but
2016
less than n 2 + 2 ?
n

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [144]


UP 6
15. Each of the integers from 1 to 16 inclusive is put in a different square of a 4 by 4
table. For any two squares sharing a common side, the sum of the numbers in
them is recorded. What is the maximum value of the smallest one among the
recorded numbers?

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [145]


─────────────────────────────────────────────────
Solution Key to Second Round of IMAS 2015/2016
Upper Primary Division
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
1. What is the value of 666 + 669 + 699 + 999 ?
(A)2433 (B)2970 (C)2973 (D)3030 (E)3033
【Suggested Solution】
666 + 669 + 699 + 999 = 666 + 670 + 700 + 1000 − 3 = 3036 − 3 = 3033 。
Or direct computation yields 666 + 669 + 699 + 999 = 3033 .
Answer: (E)
2. The positive integers a, b, c and d are such that
1 1 1 1
= = = .
a − 2013 b + 2014 c − 2015 d + 2016
Which of the following orderings of these four numbers is correct?
(A) b < d < a < c (B) d < b < a < c (C) d < a < b < c
(D) d < b < c < a (E) b < d < c < a
【Suggested Solution】
From a − 2013 = b + 2014 = c − 2015 = d + 2016 , we see clearly that d<b and a<c.
Also, a > a − 2013 = b + 2014 > b , hence d < b < a < c 。
Answer: (B)
3. In which of the following diagrams is the total area of the shaded parts equal to
the total area of the unshaded parts?
(A) (B)
2 2 4 4
1 1 2 2
2 1 2 2 2
1
2 2 4 4
(C) (D) (E)
4 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2
1 1 1
1 1 2
1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1 1 2
1 1 1
2 2 2
【Suggested Solution】 4 1 1 2 2 2
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Figure (B) has an extra white parallelogram. Figure (C) has an extra black rectangle.
Figure (E) has four extra white rectangles. Figure (A) has two white equilateral
triangle and one black equilateral triangle of equal sizes, and a fourth one of the same
size but partly white and partly black. Hence the only possible answer is Figure (D),
and this is in fact the case.
Answer: (D)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [146]


4. E is a variable point on the side BC of a square ABCD. DEFG is a rectangle
with FG passing through A. As the point E moves from B towards C, how does
the area of DEFG change? G
G′
A D

F
F′
B E E′ C
(A)Remaining constant (B)Steadily increasing
(C)Steadily decreasing (D)Increasing and then decreasing
(E)Decreasing and then increasing
【Suggested Solution】
The area of triangle ADE is constant since it has a fixed base AD and a constant
altitude. The area of DEFG is always twice the area of ADE since they have a
common base DE and the same altitude.
Answer: (A)
5. Jerry and George are jogging along a circular path. If Jerry runs another 400 m,
he will have completed 2 laps. If George runs another 500 m, he will have
completed 3 laps. The total distance they have covered is 100 m more than 4 laps.
What is the length, in m, of 1 lap?
(A)1000 (B)900 (C)800 (D)750 (E)700
【Suggested Solution】
Since 2+3=5 laps minus 400+500=900 m is equal to 4 laps plus 100 m, each lap is
900+100=1000 m.
Answer: (A)
6. A worker makes 6000 dollars in basic wages plus overtime payment. His
overtime payment is two-thirds of his basic wage. How much, in dollars, is his
basic wage?
【Suggested Solution】
Suppose the wage is 3 dollars. Then the overtime is 2 dollars and the total income
would have been 3+2=5 dollars. Since 6000÷5=1200, the wage is 1200×3=3600
dollars.
Answer: 3600 dollars.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

7. The diagram shows a path consisting of four semi-circular arcs. Each arc is of
length 100 m and uses a different side of a square as its diameter. Initially, Jane is
at A and Yves at B. They start walking counter-clockwise at the same time. Jane’s
speed is 120 m per minute and Yves’s is 150 m per minute. Each pauses for 1
second whenever they are at the points A, B, C or D. How many seconds after
starting will Yves catch up for the first time with Jane?

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [147]


A B
甲 乙

C D
【Suggested Solution】
When Yves catches up with Jane, she has turned one more corner and hence run 1
second less. In 1 second, Jane covers 120÷60=2 m. So Yves has to make up 102 m.
Since she gains 150-120=30 m per minute or 0.5 m per second of running time, Jane
has been running for 204 seconds. During this time, she has covered 2×204=408 m,
which means she has turned 5 corners. Hence the desired time is 204+5=209 seconds.
Answer: 209 seconds
8. There are three kinds of bottles, holding 0.4 L, 0.6 L and 1 L respectively. The
total capacity of several bottles, at least one each kind, is 18 L. How many
possible values of the number of bottles holding 0.6 L are there if there is at least
one bottle of each kind?

【Suggested Solution】
First take away one bottle of each kind, so that the relevant total capacity is now
reduced to 16. If we use an equal number of 0.4 L bottles and 0.6 L bottles, the
number of 0.6 L bottles can be any number from 0 to 16 inclusive. Since three 0.4 L
bottles can be replaced by two 0.6 L bottles and we have up to sixteen 0.4 L bottles,
enough for five replacements, the number of 0.6 L bottles can stretch to16+5×2=26.
Thus there are 27 possible values.
Answer: 27
9. Marion chooses three different non-zero digits and form all possible three-digit
numbers with them. If m is the sum of these numbers and n is the sum of the
m
digit-sums of these numbers, what is the value of ?
n
【Suggested Solution】
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Each of the three digits is used 6 times, 2 times as the hundreds digit, 2 times as the
tens digit and 2 times as the units digit. Hence the sum of the six three-digit numbers
is 2×(100+10+1)=222 times the sum of the three digits. The sum of the digit-sums of
m
these numbers is 6 times the sum of the three digits. Hence = 37 .
n
Answer: 37

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [148]


10. How many of the integers from 100 to 999 inclusive have the property that the
sum of the units digit and the hundreds digit is equal to the tens digit?
【Suggested Solution】
The tens digit can be any except 0. The units digit may be any digit less than the tens
digit. Hence the total number is 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 = 45 .
Answer: 45
11. The diagram shows a shaded triangle in a 6 by 6 board. How many triangles are
there such that their edges are all grid lines of the board or the edges of EFGH,
and their angles are equal respectively to the angles of the shaded triangle? You
should also count the shaded triangle.
A E D

【Suggested Solution】 B G C
We first count those triangles whose hypotenuses are along the sides of EFGH. Each
region outside EFGH has 6 lattice points, each of which can serve as the right-angle
vertex of such a triangle. By symmetry, there are 24 such triangles outside EFGH,
and by symmetry again, there are also 24 such triangles inside EFGH.
E E E E E E

F F F F F F

E E E E E E

F F F F F F

We now count those triangles whose hypotenuses are along the grid lines. We have 2
with right-angle vertex at E, and by symmetry 8 in all.
E E
sachtienganhhanoi.com

F F

The total count Is 24+24+8=56.


Answer: 56

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [149]


12. There are 26 toys be distributed into five boxes, with a, b, c, d and e toys in them
respectively, where a, b, c, d and e are positive integers. The diagram shows four
combinations of two boxes at a time. The total number of toys in the two boxes
exceeds 11 in all but the second case. How many different distributions are there?

a c b c
e a c d


1 ○
2 ○
3 ○
4
【Suggested Solution】
Let a, b, c, d and e be the respective number of toys in these five boxes.
In the three combinations in which the numbers of toys exceed 11, each box appears
once, except that the one containing c toys appears twice. The total number of toys in
these six boxes is at least 3×(11+1)=36. It follows that c is at least 10. Since a+c is at
most 11, we must have a=1 and c=10, so that b+d+e=15. Now a+e is at least 12.
Hence e is at least 11 and b+d is at most 4. Both b+c and c+d are also at least 12, so
that each of b and d is at least 2. It follows that we must have b=d=2 and e=11. This is
the only possible distribution.
Answer: 1 distribution
13. The diagram shows a 6 by 6 board with three barriers. An ant is at the top left
corner and wishes to reach the bottom right corner. It may only crawl between
squares which share a common side, and only towards the bottom or the right, It
cannot pass through any barrier. How many different paths can it follow?

【Suggested Solution】 A
The diagram below shows the number of ways the ant can reach each square on
the board according to the rules.
1 1 0 0 0 0
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1 2 0 0 0 0
1 3 3 3 3 3
1 4 7 10 10 10
0 0 7 17 27 37
0 0 7 24 51 88
Answer: 88 paths

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [150]


14. What is the largest integer n such that there is a multiple of 4 greater than n 2 but
2016
less than n 2 + 2 ?
n
【Suggested Solution】
2016
If n is even, then n 2 itself is a multiple of 4, and must be greater than 4.
n2
2016
(5 points) If n is odd, then n 2 is 1 more than a multiple of 4, and must be
n2
greater than 3. (5 points)
Now 2016÷3=672 and the largest square below 672 is 625. (5 points) Hence n is at
most 25.
For n=25, the next multiple of 4, namely 628, falls in the required range. Hence the
maximum value of n is 25. (5 points)
Answer: 25
15. Each of the integers from 1 to 16 inclusive is put in a different square of a 4 by 4
table. For any two squares sharing a common side, the sum of the numbers in
them is recorded. What is the maximum value of the smallest one among the
recorded numbers?
【Suggested Solution】
The diagram shows that the minimum sum can be as large as 15. (6 points) We now
prove that it cannot be larger. If 1 is not in a corner, then it has at least three neighbors.
One of them is at most 14, so that the minimum sum is at most 1+14=15. (6 points)
Hence we may assume that 1 is at a corner and has two neighbors. Clearly, 2 should
not be a neighbor of 1. Then 2 also has at least two neighbors. One of these four is at
most 13, so that the minimum is at most 2+13=15. (8 points)
1 16 6 9
15 2 13 7
3 14 5 10
12 4 11 8
Answer: 15
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [151]


International Mathematics Assessments for Schools

2016 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER


Time allowed:75 minutes
When your teacher gives the signal, begin working on the problems.

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


GENERAL
1. Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
2. No calculators, slide rules, log tables, math stencils, mobile phones or other
calculating aids are permitted. Scribbling paper, graph paper, ruler and compasses
are permitted, but are not essential.
3. Diagrams are NOT drawn to scale. They are intended only as aids.
4. There are 20 multiple-choice questions, each with 5 choices. Choose the most
reasonable answer. The last 5 questions require whole number answers between
000 and 999 inclusive. The questions generally get harder as you work through the
paper. There is no penalty for an incorrect response.
5. This is a mathematics assessment, not a test; do not expect to answer all questions.
6. Read the instructions on the answer sheet carefully. Ensure your name, school
name and school year are filled in. It is your responsibility that the Answer Sheet
is correctly coded.

THE ANSWER SHEET


1. Use only pencils.
2. Record your answers on the reverse side of the Answer Sheet (not on the question
paper) by FULLY filling in the circles which correspond to your choices.
3. Your Answer Sheet will be read by a machine. The machine will see all markings
even if they are in the wrong places. So please be careful not to doodle or write
anything extra on the Answer Sheet. If you want to change an answer or remove
any marks, use a plastic eraser and be sure to remove all marks and smudges.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

INTEGRITY OF THE COMPETITION


The IMAS reserves the right to re-examine students before deciding whether to
grant official status to their scores.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [152]


2016 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER

Questions 1-10, 3 marks each


1. What is the value of 162 + 1620 + 6201 + 2016 ?
(A)9459 (B)9639 (C)9819 (D)9999 (E)10089

2. Which of the following five expression is correct?


1 1 1 1
(A)1.2 × 3.4 = 12 × 3.4 (B) 0.98 × 0.99 > 0.99 (C) − < −
2 3 3 4
(D)10.4 × 0.1 < 1.04 (E)1.1×1.1 > 1.1

3. The diagram below shows the seven pieces in the classic Chinese puzzle called
Tangram.

Which of the following five figures is not composed with a set of Tangram pieces?
(A) (B) (C)

(D) (E)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [153]


UP 2
4. A large truck can carry 6.3 tons and costs 1000 dollars to rent. A small truck can
carry 2.1 tons and costs 400 dollars to rent. To transport 12.6 tons, how much
cheaper if only large trucks are rented, compared with only small trucks are
rented?
(A)100 (B)200 (C)250 (D)350 (E)400

5. Mick is in one of the eight squares round a house, and the house is to his
north-west. On which square is Mick?

a b c N

d e

f g h

(A)a (B)c (C)f (D)h (E)d

6. The table below summarizes the results of a test in a certain class. What is the
total score of this class?
Summary of the results of a test
No. of students The highest score The lowest score The average score
42 100 16 84.5
(A)672 (B)3528 (C)3549 (D)4200 (E)4872

7. How many positive common divisors do 192 and 120 have?


(A)1 (B)2 (C)6 (D)8 (E)10
sachtienganhhanoi.com

8. In reading a story book, Lance reads one page more each day than the preceding
day. On the fourth day, he reads 39 pages. After 9 days, he still has 48 pages to go.
How many pages are there in this book?
(A)351 (B)399 (C)360 (D)408 (E)432

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [154]


UP 3
9. The contents of the five boxes are labeled. A ball is drawn at random from each
box. From which box is the drawn ball most likely to be red?
(A) (B) (C)

3 red balls 2 red balls 2 red balls


4 black balls 3 green balls 4 blue balls

(D) (E)

3 red balls 3 red balls


3 yellow balls 2 white balls

10. Gasoline costs 6 dollars per liter. A car uses up 8 liters for every 100 km. What is
the largest integral number of km that can be covered with 200 dollars worth of
gasoline?
(A)416 (B)417 (C)418 (D)419 (E)420

Questions 11-20, 4 marks each

11. The chart below shows the sale figures of a certain merchandise in 2014 and
2015 by the season. How many more items were sold in 2015 than in 2014?

items Sales charts of a merchandise


270
250
235
233 205
200
Sales 157 210 180
150 2015
134 2014
100
sachtienganhhanoi.com

50
1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter

(A)23 (B)48 (C)85 (D)90 (E)110

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [155]


UP 4
12. Fanny has 20 coins each worth 5 pence. Trading some of them for coins each
worth 2 pence, she ends up with 32 coins. Then she trades some more 5-pence
coins for coins each worth 1 penny, and now she has 56 coins. How many
5-pence coin does Fanny still have?
(A)5 (B)6 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9

13. Every pair of the numbers from 1 to n is added, and there are 215 different sums.
What is the value of n?
(A)100 (B)105 (C)108 (D)109 (E)215

14. In a library, 12.1% of the books are fictions. After 1800 fictions and 2400
non-fictions go on loan, only 12% of the remaining books are fictions. How
many books are there in the library initially?
(A)1296000 (B)1582200 (C)1800000 (D)1586400 (E)1291800

15. How many two-digit numbers are there such that when 304 is divided by the
two-digit number leaving the remainder 24?
(A)5 (B)6 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9

16. On the table is a regular hexagon and a square. The side AB of the hexagon
coincides with the side EF of the square. With the hexagon fixed, the square
rotates about a common vertex until another side of the hexagon coincides with
another side of the square. How many such rotations will it take to bring EF back
to AB again?

A(E)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)20 (B)18 (C)12 (D)10 (E)6

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [156]


UP 5
17. In a standard clock, the angle between two of its hands is the angle they form
which is 180° or less. In which of the following five times will the angle between
the minute and second hands be greater than or equal to the angle between the
hour and the second hand?
(A)06:00:15 (B)10:10:30 (C)12:30:18
(D)14:50:00 (E)20:20:00

18. A sack of 5 kg of rice costs 48 dollars. A sack of 10 kg costs 92 and a sack of 25


kg costs 210 dollars. If we want the average cost per kg of rice to be 9 dollars,
how many sacks of rice do we have to buy?
(A)4 (B)5 (C)6 (D)7 (E)8

19. How many different rectangles (including squares) in different positions are there
in the diagram below?

(A)25 (B)26 (C)27 (D)28 (E)29

20. In each of the five diagrams, there are four circles with respective radii 7, 6, 3
and 2 cm. For which diagram is the area of the non-overlapping part of the
largest circle equal to the total area of the non-overlapping parts of the other three
circles?
(A) (B) (C) sachtienganhhanoi.com

(D) (E)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [157]


UP 6

Questions 21-25, 6 marks each


21. Every student in a class is either in the mathematics club or the language club,
and one third of them are in both. If there are 22 students in the language club, 4
less than the number of students in the mathematics club, how many students are
there in this class?

22. The numbers 1 to 9 form a 3 by 3 table. The sum of every pair of adjacent
numbers along a row or a column is computed. What is the largest total of these
sums?

23. The diagram below shows a square of side length 20 cm, with three semicircle
drawn inside it, with three of its sides as diameters. What is the area, in cm2 , of
the shaded region?(Take π = 3.14 )

24. The International Article Number has 13 digits ABCDEFGHIJKLM. Here M is a


check digit. Let S = A + 3B + C + 3D + E + 3F + G + 3H + I + 3J + K + 3L . If S
is a multiple of 10, then M is chosen to be 0. Otherwise it is chosen to be
M = 10 − t where t is the remainder obtained when S is divided by 10. The Code
for a certain Article Number is 6901020□09017. What is the missing digit? sachtienganhhanoi.com

25. When a three-digit number is increased by 1, the sum is divisible by 15. When it
is decreased by 3, the difference is divisible by 8. The sum of it and the number
obtained from it by reversing the order of the digits is divisible by 10. What is
this number?

***

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [158]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [159]


Solution to
Sixth International Mathematics Assessment for Schools
Round 1 of Upper Division
1. What is the value of 162 + 1620 + 6201 + 2016 ?
(A)9459 (B)9639 (C)9819 (D)9999 (E)10089
【Solution】
162 + 1620 + 6201 + 2016 = 9000 + 900 + 90 + 9 = 9999 .
Answer:(D)
2. Which of the following five expression is correct?
1 1 1 1
(A)1.2 × 3.4 = 12 × 3.4 (B) 0.98 × 0.99 > 0.99 (C) − < −
2 3 3 4
(D)10.4 × 0.1 < 1.04 (E)1.1×1.1 > 1.1
【Solution】
In (A): 12 × 3.4 is ten times 1.2 × 3.4 , so the equation is incorrect.
In (B): Since 0.98 < 1 and when a positive number multiply a positive number
less than 1, the product will become smaller, so the inequality is
incorrect.
1 1 1 1 1 1
In (C): − = > = − , so the inequality is incorrect.
2 3 6 12 3 4
In (D): A number multiply 0.1 can be viewed as moving its decimal point to one
digit left. After moving the decimal point of 10.4 to one digit left, the
number becomes 1.04. So the inequality is incorrect.
In (E): 1.1 > 1 when a positive number multiply a positive number greater than
1 the product will become larger. So the equation is correct.
Answer:(E)
3. The diagram below shows the seven pieces in the classic Chinese
puzzle called Tangram.

Which of the following five figures is not composed with a set of


Tangram pieces?
(A) (B) (C)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [160]


(D) (E)

【Solution】
A set of tangram pieces includes two unit isosceles right-angled triangles, one 2-unit
isosceles right-angled triangle, one 2-unit parallelogram, one 2-unit square and two
4-unit isosceles right-angled triangles, as shown below:

In (B), there is one less 1-unit isosceles right-angled triangle and one more 2-unit
isosceles right-angled triangle. So (B) is not composed with a set of Tangram pieces.

Answer:(B)
4. A large truck can carry 6.3 tons and costs 1000 dollars to rent. A small truck can
carry 2.1 tons and costs 400 dollars to rent. To transport 12.6 tons, how much
cheaper if only large trucks are rented, compared with only small trucks are
rented?
(A)100 (B)200 (C)250 (D)350 (E)400

【Solution】
sachtienganhhanoi.com

If all of 12.6 tons are carried by large trucks, then we need 12.6 ÷ 6.3 = 2 large
trucks and must pay 2 × 1000 = 2000 dollars. If all of 12.6 tons are carried by small
trucks, then we need 12.6 ÷ 2.1 = 6 small trucks and must pay 6 × 400 = 2400
dollars. The fare of only large trucks are rented is 2400 − 2000 = 400 dollars cheaper
than only small trucks are rented.
Answer:(E)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [161]


5. Mick is in one of the eight squares round a house, and the house is to his
north-west. On which square is Mick?

a b c N

d e

f g h

(A)a (B)c (C)f (D)h (E)d


【Solution】
The house is at Mick’s north-west, hence Mick is at the house’s south-east. Shown
as the figure below. So Mick is in h. N

a b c

W d e E

f g h

S Answer:(D)
6. The table below summarizes the results of a test in a certain class. What is the
total score of this class?
Summary of the results of a test
No. of students The highest score The lowest score The average score
42 100 16 84.5
(A)672 (B)3528 (C)3549 (D)4200 (E)4872
【Solution】
The total score of this class is 84.5 × 42 = 3549 .
Answer:(C)
7. How many positive common divisors do 192 and 120 have?
(A)1 (B)2 (C)6 (D)8 (E)10
sachtienganhhanoi.com

【Solution】
Observe that 192 = 26 × 3 and 120 = 23 × 3 × 5 , so the largest common divisor is
23 × 3 = 24 . Hence all of the divisors of 24 are the common divisor of 192 and 120.
Since 24 = 23 × 3 (3 + 1) × (1 + 1) = 8 divisors, 192 and 120 also have 8 common
divisors.
Answer:(D)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [162]


8. In reading a story book, Lance reads one page more each day than the preceding
day. On the fourth day, he reads 39 pages. After 9 days, he still has 48 pages to go.
How many pages are there in this book?
(A)351 (B)399 (C)360 (D)408 (E)432
【Solution】
Since Lance reads 39 pages on the fourth day, he reads 39 − 3 = 36 pages on the first
day. So he has read 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43 and 44 pages in the first nine days.
Thus there are 36 + 37 + 38 + 39 + 40 + 41 + 42 + 43 + 44 + 48 = 408 pages in this
book.
Answer:(D)
9. The contents of the five boxes are labeled. A ball is drawn at random from each
box. From which box is the drawn ball most likely to be red?
(A) (B) (C)

3 red balls 2 red balls 2 red balls


4 black balls 3 green balls 4 blue balls

(D) (E)

3 red balls 3 red balls


3 yellow balls 2 white balls

【Solution】
For the box in (E), the number of red balls is greater than the number of white balls,
so the possibility to take red ball is greater then half. For the other options, the
number of red balls is less than or equal to the number of balls of other colors. So the
ball drawn from the box in (E) is most likely to be red.
Answer:(E)

10. Gasoline costs 6 dollars per liter. A car uses up 8 liters for every 100 km. What is
the largest integral number of km that can be covered with 200 dollars worth of
gasoline?
(A)416 (B)417 (C)418 (D)419 (E)420
【Solution】
100
The car can be added 200 ÷ 6 = liters. Since the car uses up 8 liters for every
sachtienganhhanoi.com

3
100 10000 2
100 km, it can run ÷ 8 × 100 = = 416 km at most. The largest integral
3 24 3
number of km that can be covered with 200 dollars worth of gasoline is 416.
Answer:(A)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [163]


11. The chart below shows the sale figures of a certain merchandise in 2014 and
2015 by the season. How many more items were sold in 2015 than in 2014?

items Sales charts of a merchandise


270
250
235
233 205
200
Sales 157 210 180
150 2015
134 2014
100
50
1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter

(A)23 (B)48 (C)85 (D)90 (E)110


【Solution 1】
157 + 235 + 270 + 205 = 867 items were sold in 2014 and 134 + 210 + 233 + 180 = 757
in 2015. So 867 − 757 = 110 more items were sold in 2015 than in 2014.
【Solution 2】
157 − 134 = 23 more items were sold in the first quarter of 2015 than in the first
quarter of 2014, 235 − 210 = 25 more items were sold in the second quarter of 2015
than in the second quarter of 2014, 270 − 233 = 37 more items were sold in the third
quarter of 2015 than in the third quarter of 2014 and 205 − 180 = 25 more items
were sold in the fourth quarter of 2015 than in the fourth quarter of 2014. So
23 + 25 + 37 + 25 = 110 more items were sold in 2015 than in 2014.
Answer:(E)

12. Fanny has 20 coins each worth 5 pence. Trading some of them for coins each
worth 2 pence, she ends up with 32 coins. Then she trades some more 5-pence
coins for coins each worth 1 penny, and now she has 56 coins. How many
5-pence coin does Fanny still have?
(A)5 (B)6 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9

【Solution】
Two 5-pence coins can be exchanged with five 2-pence coins and hence there are 3
more coins after such an exchange. Since Fanny has 32 − 20 = 12 more coins after
sachtienganhhanoi.com

the first trading, she has taken 12 ÷ 3 × 2 = 8 5-pence coins for the first trading.
Similarly, one 5-pence coin can be exchanged with five 1-penny coins and hence
there are 4 more coins after such an exchange. After second trading, Fanny has
56 − 32 = 24 more coins, so she has taken 24 ÷ 4 = 6 5-pence coins for the second
trading. Thus she still have 20 − 14 = 6 5-pence coins.
Answer:(B)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [164]


13. Every pair of the numbers from 1 to n is added, and there are 215 different sums.
What is the value of n?
(A)100 (B)105 (C)108 (D)109 (E)215
【Solution】
The largest sum of each pair of the numbers is n + ( n − 1) = 2n − 1 and the smallest
sum of each pair of the numbers is 1 + 2 = 3 , so the possible values of the sum of
each pair of the numbers are all of the integers from 3 to 2n − 1. There are 2n − 3
different sums. So 2n − 3 = 215 , i.e., n = 109 .
Answer:(D)
14. In a library, 12.1% of the books are fictions. After 1800 fictions and 2400
non-fictions go on loan, only 12% of the remaining books are fictions. How
many books are there in the library initially?
(A)1296000 (B)1582200 (C)1800000 (D)1586400 (E)1291800
【Solution】
Assume that there are x books in the library now. So the number of the original
fictions is
x × 12% + 1800 = ( x + 1800 + 2400) × 12.1%
Hence x = 1291800 . Thus there are 1291800 + 1800 + 2400 = 1296000 books in the
library initially.
Answer:(A)
15. How many two-digit numbers are there such that when 304 is divided by the
two-digit number leaving the remainder 24?
(A)5 (B)6 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9
【Solution】
Since the remainder is 24, the required two-digit numbers must be greater than 24.
Observe that 304 = 280 + 24 , so we factorize 280 into prime factors: 280 = 23 × 5 × 7 .
Thus the required two-digit numbers are 22 × 7 = 28 , 5 × 7 = 35 , 23 × 5 = 40 ,
23 × 7 = 56 and 2 × 5 × 7 = 70 . There are 5 such two-digit numbers.
Answer:(A)
16. On the table is a regular hexagon and a square. The side
AB of the hexagon coincides with the side EF of the A(E)
square. With the hexagon fixed, the square rotates about
a common vertex until another side of the hexagon
coincides with another side of the square. How many B(F)
such rotations will it take to bring EF back to AB again?
(A)20 (B)18 (C)12
(D)10 (E)6
sachtienganhhanoi.com

【Solution】
In order to bring EF back to AB again, the number of rotations must be a common
multiple of the number of sides of a regular hexagon and the number of sides of a
square. Since the least common multiple of 6 and 4 is 12, we need to rotate at least 12
times to bring EF back to AB again.
Answer:(C)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [165]


17. In a standard clock, the angle between two of its hands is the
angle they form which is 180° or less. In which of the following
five times will the angle between the minute and second hands
be greater than or equal to the angle between the hour and the
second hand?
(A)06:00:15 (B)10:10:30 (C)12:30:18
(D)14:50:00 (E)20:20:00
【Solution】
Since 1 hour = 60 minutes = 360 seconds, the second hand turns 6° per second, the

minute hand turns 0.1° per second and the hour hand turn per second.
120
In (A): At 06:00:00, the hour hand points to 6, the minute and second hands
point to 12. After 15 seconds, the second hand points to 3, the hour
hand points to the right of 12 and the minute hand points to the left of 6.
But the minute hand turns faster than the hour hand, so the angle
between the minute and second hands is less than the angle between the
hour and the second hand.
In (B): At 10:10:00, the hour hand points to a point between 10 and 11, the
minute hand points to 2 and the second hand point to 12. After 30
seconds, the second hand points to 6, the minute hand points to the right
of 2 and the hour hand still points to a point between 10 and 11. So the
angle between the minute and second hands is less than the angle
between the hour and the second hand.
In (C): At 12:30:00, the hour hand points to the middle of 12 and 1, the
minute hand points to 6 and the second hand points to 12. After 18
seconds, the angle between the minute and second hands is
180° + 0.1° × 18 − 6° × 18 = 73.8° and the angle between the hour and

the second hand is 6°× 18 − 15° − × 18 = 92.85° . So the angle
120
between the minute and second hands is less than the angle between the
hour and the second hand.
In (D): At 15:00:00, the hour hand points to 3, the minute and second hands
point to 12. 10 minutes ago, the minute hand points to 10, the hour hand
points to a point between 2 and 3 and the second hand still points to 12.
So the angle between the minute and second hands is less than the angle
between the hour and the second hands.
In (E): At 20:20:00, the hour hand points to a point between 8 and 9, the
sachtienganhhanoi.com

minute points to 4 and the second hands point to 12. So the angle
between the minute and second hands is greater than the angle between
the hour and the second hand.
Answer:(E)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [166]


18. A sack of 5 kg of rice costs 48 dollars. A sack of 10 kg costs 92 and a sack of 25
kg costs 210 dollars. If we want the average cost per kg of rice to be 9 dollars,
how many sacks of rice do we have to buy?
(A)4 (B)5 (C)6 (D)7 (E)8
【Solution】
For a sack of 5 kg of rice, the price per kg is 48 ÷ 5 = 9.6 dollars. For a sack of 10 kg
of rice, the price per kg is 92 ÷ 10 = 9.2 dollars. For a sack of 25 kg of rice, the price
per kg is 210 ÷ 25 = 8.4 dollars. The prices per kg for a sack of 5 kg of rice and for a
sack of 10 kg of rice are both greater than 9 dollars, so we need to buy at least one
sack of 25 kg of rice.
If we buy exactly one sack of 25 kg of rice, the total price is 25 × (9 − 8.4) = 15
dollars less than the total price such that the average cost per kg of rice is 9 dollars.
Since the price of a sack of 5 kg of rice and the price of a sack of 10 kg of rice are
respective 48 − 9 × 5 = 3 dollars and 92 − 9 × 10 = 2 dollars more than the total price
such that the average cost per kg of rice is 9 dollars, we need to buy as many sacks of
5 kg of rice as possible so that the total number of sacks is as less as possible.
Observe that 15 ÷ 3 = 5 , so we need to buy 5 sacks of 5 kg of rice so that the average
cost per kg of rice is 9 dollars. Thus we need to buy at least 5 + 1 = 6 sacks of rice.
If we buy at least two sacks of 25 kg of rice, the total price is at least
50 × (9 − 8.4) = 30 dollars less than the total price such that the average cost per kg of
rice is 9 dollars. Since the price of a sack of 5 kg of rice and the price of a sack of 10
kg of rice are respective 48 − 9 × 5 = 3 dollars and 92 − 9 × 10 = 2 dollars more than
the total price such that the average cost per kg of rice is 9 dollars, we need to buy as
many sacks of 5 kg of rice as possible so that the total number of sacks is as less as
possible. Observe that 30 ÷ 3 = 10 , so we need to buy at least 10 sacks of 5 kg of rice
so that the average cost per kg of rice to be 9 dollars. Thus we need to buy at least
10 + 2 = 12 sacks of rice.
Thus we have to buy 6 sacks of rice.
Answer:(C)

19. How many different rectangles (including squares) in


different positions are there in the diagram below?
(A)25 (B)26 (C)27
(D)28 (E)29
【Solution】
In the diagram, there are four kinds of rectangles:
(i) those formed by one rectangle (including square):
there are 14 such rectangles in different positions.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(ii) those formed by two rectangles (including square):


in , there is one such rectangle; in , there is another such rectangle;

in , there are 4 such rectangles; in , there are 4 such rectangles;

so there are 10 rectangles in different positions.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [167]


(iii) thopse formed by three rectangles (including square):

in , there are 2 such rectangles.

(iv) those formed by four rectangles (including square):

in , there is 1 such rectangle; in , there is 1 such rectangle;


so there are 2 rectangles in different positions.
Thus there are totally 14 + 10 + 2 + 2 = 28 rectangles in different positions.
Answer:(D)
20. In each of the five diagrams, there are four circles with respective radii 7, 6, 3
and 2 cm. For which diagram is the area of the non-overlapping part of the
largest circle equal to the total area of the non-overlapping parts of the other three
circles?
(A) (B) (C)

(D) (E)

【Solution】
Observe that the radii of the four circles are 7cm, 6cm, 3cm and 2cm and that
7 2 = 6 2 + 32 + 2 2 . Thus the area of the largest circle is equal to the sum of the areas of
the other three circles.
If two circles overlap, the areas of the overlapping region in each circle are equal. So
when the three smaller circles overlap with the largest circle with no overlapping
parts between any two of the three smaller circles, the area of the overlapping part of
the largest circle is equal to the total area of the overlapping parts of the other three
circles.
If there are no overlapping parts between any two of the three smaller circles, then
the area of the non-overlapping part of the largest circle is equal to the area of the
largest circle minus the overlapping part of the largest circle. The total area of the
sachtienganhhanoi.com

non-overlapping parts of the other three circles is equal to the total area of the other
three circles minus the overlapping part of the largest circle. In order to make the area
of the non-overlapping part of the largest circle equal to the total area of the
non-overlapping parts of the other three circles, we need to make the area of the
largest circle equal to the total area of the other three circles and there are no
overlapping parts between any two of the three smaller circles.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [168]


Hence only (A) satisfies the conditions because there are overlapping parts between
the smaller circles in the other options.
Answer:(A)
21. Every student in a class is either in the mathematics club or the language club,
and one third of them are in both. If there are 22 students in the language club, 4
less than the number of students in the mathematics club, how many students are
there in this class?
【Solution】
From the conditions, there are 22 4 26 students in the mathematics club.
Suppose there are x students in the both clubs, then there are 3x students in this class.
So 22 + 26 − x = 3 x . Thus x = 12 and hence there are 12 × 3 = 36 students in this
class.
Answer:036
22. The numbers 1 to 9 form a 3 by 3 table. The sum of every pair of adjacent
numbers along a row or a column is computed. What is the largest total of these
sums?
A B C

D E F

G H I
【Solution】
Mark A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I to represent the numbers in the squares as shown in
the figure. From the conditions, when we add all of the sums, A, C, G and I are added
twice, B, D, F and H are added three times and E is added four times. To find the
largest total, E should be 9 and A, C, G and I should be 1, 2, 3 and 4. So the largest
total of these sums is (1 + 2 + 3 + 4) × 2 + (5 + 6 + 7 + 8) × 3 + 9 × 4 = 134 .
Answer:134
23. The diagram below shows a square of side length 20 cm, with three semicircle
drawn inside it, with three of its sides as diameters. What is the area, in cm2 , of
the shaded region?(Take π = 3.14 )
【Solution】
Draw a semicircle with the fourth side of the square as diameter,
○1 ○
2

as shown in the figure. Observe that the areas of the regions


marked by ○
1 , ○2 , ○
3 and ○
4 are all equal, so we can ○
3 ○
4
sachtienganhhanoi.com

move the regions ○1 and ○


2 to regions ○3 and ○ 4 .
Thus the area of shaded region is equal to the area of a semicircle with a side of the
1 20 1
square as diameter, which is π ( ) 2 = × 3.14 × 100 = 157 cm2.
2 2 2
Answer:157

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [169]


24. The International Article Number has 13 digits ABCDEFGHIJKLM. Here M is a
check digit. Let S = A + 3B + C + 3D + E + 3F + G + 3H + I + 3 J + K + 3L . If S
is a multiple of 10, then M is chosen to be 0. Otherwise it is chosen to be
M = 10 − t where t is the remainder obtained when S is divided by 10. The Code
for a certain Article Number is 6901020□09017. What is the missing digit?

【Solution】
From the conditions, we have
S = 6 + 3 × 9 + 0 + 3 ×1 + 0 + 3 × 2 + 0 + 3 × □ + 0 + 3 × 9 + 0 + 3 ×1 = 72 + 3 × □.
Since M = 7 , 10 − 7 = 3 is the remainder obtained when 72 + 3 × □ is divided by
10. Thus the units digit of 3 ×□ is 1. So □ = 7 .
Answer:007
【Note】
The International Article Number is a code so that
A + 3B + C + 3D + E + 3F + G + 3H + I + 3J + K + 3L + M is divisible by 10.

25. When a three-digit number is increased by 1, the sum is divisible by 15. When it
is decreased by 3, the difference is divisible by 8. The sum of it and the number
obtained from it by reversing the order of the digits is divisible by 10. What is
this number?
【Solution】
Suppose the three-digit number is abc .
Since abc plus 1 is a multiple of 15, it is also a multiple of 5. So c = 4 or 9.
Since abc minus 3 is a multiple of 8, abc is odd. So c ≠ 4 and hence c = 9 .
Since abc + cba is a multiple of 10, a + c = 10 and hence a = 1.
Thus the three-digit number is 1b9 . 1b9 plus 1 is a multiple of 15, so it is also a
multiple of 3. Thus b = 1, 4 or 7.
Since 1b9 = 8m + 3 , 1b6 = 8m . But b = 1 or 4 cannot satisfy the given condition. So
the three-digit number is 179.
Answer:179
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [170]


6th International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
(2016-2017 )

Upper Primary Division Round 2


Time: 120 minutes

Printed Name;! ! Code; ! Score;! !

Instructions:
z Do not open the contest booklet until you are told to do so.
z Be sure that your name and code are written on the space provided above.
z Round 2 of IMAS is composed of three parts; the total score is 100 marks.
z Questions 1 to 5 are given as a multiple-choice test. Each question has five
possible options marked as A, B, C, D and E. Only one of these options is correct.
After making your choice, fill in the appropriate letter in the space provided. Each
correct answer is worth 4 marks. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
z Questions 6 to 13 are a short answer test. Only Arabic numerals are accepted;
using other written text will not be honored or credited. Some questions have more
than one answer, as such all answers are required to be written down in the space
provided to obtain full marks. Each correct answer is worth 5 marks. There is no
penalty for incorrect answers.
z Questions 14 and 15 require a detailed solution or process in which 20 marks are
to be awarded to a completely written solution. Partial marks may be given to an
incomplete presentation. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
z Use of electronic computing devices is not allowed.
z Only pencil, blue or black ball-pens may be used to write your solution or answer.
z Diagrams are not drawn to scale. They are intended as aids only.
z After the contest the invigilator will collect the contest paper.
The following area is to be filled in by the judges;
sachtienganhhanoi.com

the contestants are not supposed to mark anything here.


Total
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Score Signature

Score

Score

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [171]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [172]


Upper Primary Division Round 2
Questions 1 to 5, 4 marks each
1. What is the value of 44 × 49 × 25 ?
(A)43900 (B)52900 (C)53200 (D)53825 (E)53900
Answer:

2. A hotel staff distributes four room keys to four travelers randomly. It is known
that exactly two of the travelers get their correct room keys. How many different
ways are there of distributing the keys to the four travelers?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)6 (D)8 (E)10
Answer:

3. How many factors of 34 × 56 × 710 are relatively prime to 15?


(A)10 (B)11 (C)20 (D)21 (E)44
Answer:

4. A total of 20 students and teachers visit a museum. The original price of each
admission ticket is $200. It is known that teachers are offered 10% discount,
while students are offered 50% discount in purchasing the admission tickets. If
the total admission fee is $2640, how many teachers are there?
(A)6 (B)8 (C)10 (D)14 (E)16
Answer:

5. In each of the following options, the dimensions of the rectangle are 10 cm by


6 cm. There are some shaded triangles inside each rectangle. The vertices of the
shaded triangles must be either at the endpoints of a line segment or points that
divide it into equal parts. From the options below, which figure has the largest
shaded region?
(A) (B) (C)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(D) (E)

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [173]


UP 2

Questions 6 to 13, 5 marks each


6. Use the digits 2, 0, 1 and 7 once and without repetition to create all possible
4-digit numbers. How many of these numbers leave a remainder of 4 when
divided by 11?
Answer:

7. The lengths of two sides of a triangle are 6 cm and 13 cm respectively. It is


known that the length of the third side in also an integer (in cm.). What is the
minimum perimeter of this triangle?
Answer: cm

8. Refer to the diagram below, where 16 black squares and 9 white squares are
arranged alternately such that it will form a figure in which there are 7 bricks on
its diagonals, and all the outer bricks are black.

Using the similar pattern stated above, if we want to form figures in which there
are 11 bricks on its diagonals, how many black square tiles are required?
Answer: black square tiles

A 4
B 1
1 2 3 4
sachtienganhhanoi.com

3 4 2 1

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [174]


UP 3
10. Alex and Charles both sent parcels of weight exceeding 10 kg. The postage rates
Alex and Charles were both sending parcels. The postage rates are as follows:
For the first 10 kg and below, the postage price is $6 per kg; the postage price for
each successive kilogram after 10 kg is $2 lower than the original price. Given
that Alex’s parcel is 20% heavier than Charles’ and his postage price is $12 more
than that of Charles, find the weight, in kg, of the parcel sent by Alex?
Answer: kg

π= )
Hollow 12 cm
Cardboard 5 cm

1 sheet
138 mm
3 ply

100 mm Answer: sheets

12. The diagram below is composed of many right angled isosceles triangles.
Suppose an ant wants to travel from point A to point C, in how many ways can
this be done if we are only allowed to move up, right or diagonally?
C
sachtienganhhanoi.com

A B
Answer: ways

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [175]


UP 4
13. From the set of positive integers from 1 to 174 inclusive, select 12 different
positive integers such that their sum is 2017. In how many different ways can the
12 integers be selected?
Answer: ways

Questions 14 to 15, 20 marks each


(Detailed solutions are needed for these two problems)
14. A bag contains 2017 balls that are numbered from 1 to 2017. At least how many
balls must be taken out so that among those balls, there will always be 3 balls, in
which the sum of the numbers on the first two balls is the number on the third
ball?

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: balls

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [176]


UP 5
15. There are eight numbers namely 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. Choose at least two
different numbers from the eight numbers such that the difference of any two of
the chosen numbers neither equals to 2 nor 6 (For example, if 1 is already chosen,
3 and/or 7 cannot be chosen). What is the number of different ways to choose the
numbers?

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: ways

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [177]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [178]


─────────────────────────────────────────────────
Solution Key to Second Round of IMAS 2016/2017
Upper Primary Division
─────────────────────────────────────────────────
1. What is the value of 44 × 49 × 25 ?
(A)43900 (B)52900 (C)53200 (D)53825 (E)53900
【Suggested Solution】
44 × 49 × 25 = 11 × 49 × 25 × 4 = 539 × 100 = 53900 .
Answer:(E)
2. A hotel staff distributes four room keys to four travelers randomly. It is known
that exactly two of the travelers get their correct room keys. How many different
ways are there of distributing the keys to the four travelers?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)6 (D)8 (E)10
【Suggested Solution】
4×3
Exactly 2 of the 4 travelers get their correct keys, the number of ways is = 6.
2
Moreover, the 2 remaining travelers must not have got their correct keys, number of
ways is 1. Therefore the total number of ways is 6 × 1 = 6 ways.
Answer:(C)
3. How many factors of 3 × 5 × 7 are relatively prime to 15?
4 6 10

(A)10 (B)11 (C)20 (D)21 (E)44


【Suggested Solution】
Since 15 = 3 × 5 , the only factors that are relatively prime to both 34 × 56 × 710 and 15
are the powers of 7 ( 7 i , where i = 0, 1, 2, …, 10), which is a total of 11 numbers.
Answer:(B)
4. A total of 20 students and teachers visit a museum. The original price of each
admission ticket is $200. It is known that teachers are offered 10% discount,
while students are offered 50% discount in purchasing the admission tickets. If
the total admission fee is $2640, how many teachers are there?
(A)6 (B)8 (C)10 (D)14 (E)16
【Suggested Solution 1】
From the conditions above, we can see that the price of each teacher ticket is
200 × 90% = 180 dollars, and the price of each student ticket is 200 × 50% = 100
dollars. Suppose that the number of teachers in the group is x, and then the number of
students is 20 − x . Therefore, we have 180 x + 100(20 − x) = 2640 , we get x = 8 .
【Suggested Solution 2】
From the conditions above, we can see that the price of each teacher ticket is
sachtienganhhanoi.com

200 × 90% = 180 dollars, and the price of each student ticket is 200 × 50% = 100
dollars, thus each student ticket is 80 dollars ( = 180 − 100 ) cheaper than each teacher
ticket. If all 20 people in the group are students, then the total cost should have been
20 × 100 = 2000 dollars, which is 640 dollars ( = 2640 − 2000 ) less than the actual
amount paid. Therefore, the total number of teachers is 640 ÷ 80 = 8 .
Answer:(B)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [179]


5. In each of the following options, the dimensions of the rectangle are 10 cm by
6 cm. There are some shaded triangles inside each rectangle. The vertices of the
shaded triangles must be either at the endpoints of a line segment or points that
divide it into equal parts. From the options below, which figure has the largest
shaded region?
(A) (B) (C)

(D) (E)

【Suggested Solution 1】
By finding the areas of the shaded triangles.
1
Shaded area of figure (A) is 2 × × (10 ÷ 2) × 6 = 30 cm2.
2
Shaded area of figure (B) is
1 1
2 × × (10 ÷ 2) × (6 ÷ 2) + [10 × (6 ÷ 2) − 2 × × (10 ÷ 2) × (6 ÷ 2)] = 30 cm2.
2 2
1
Shaded area of figure (C) is 10 × × (10 ÷ 5) × (6 ÷ 2) = 30 cm2.
2
1
Shaded area of figure (E) is 10 × × (6 ÷ 2) × (10 ÷ 5) = 30 cm2.
2
Note that areas of figures (A), (B), (C) and (E) are all equal. Now we examine figure
(D). Note that the shaded parts of figure (D) are equally divided into two equal parts
by a diagonal of the rectangle, with the sum of the areas equal. Now, observe the
diagonals of the 5 small triangles on the bottom half of the rectangle. We can see that
the bases of these five triangles are all equal to 2 cm, and their heights are 1.2 cm,
2.4 cm, 3.6 cm, 4.8 cm and 6 cm, respectively, from left to right which is in the ratio
1: 2: 3: 4: 5. Therefore, the sum of the area of the five shaded triangles is
1
× (1.2 + 2.4 + 3.6 + 4.8 + 6) × 2 = 18 cm2; therefore the total shaded area of the figure
2
is 36 cm2
Therefore, the figure that has the largest shaded region is figure (D).
【Suggested Solution2】
sachtienganhhanoi.com

By drawing line segments into figures (A), (B), (C), and (E) below, observe that the
shaded areas of each figure is equal to the half of the total area of the rectangle.

(A) (B) (C) (D)


IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [180]
While in figure (D), observe that the sum of the area is greater than half of the entire
rectangle.
e
a b c d a
b
d c
e
Answer:(D)

6. Use the digits 2, 0, 1 and 7 once and without repetition to create all possible
4-digit numbers. How many of these numbers leave a remainder of 4 when
divided by 11?
【Suggested Solution 1】
Using the divisibility rule of 11, where A is the sum of the digits of the thousands and
tens digits, and B is the sum of the digits of the hundreds and units digits, we check
the 6 different cases below:
Difference
Thousands and Hundreds and
Tens Digit
A
unit digit B−4 between A and
B−4
(1) 7、 2 7+2 1、 0 1+ 0 − 4 1
(2) 7、 1 7 +1 2、 0 2+0−4 1
(3) 7、 0 7+0 2、 1 2 +1− 4 8
(4) 2、 1 2 +1 7、 0 7+0−4 0 or 11
(5) 2、 0 2+0 7、 1 7 +1− 4 2
(6) 1、 0 1+ 0 7、 2 7+2−4 4
Observe that only case (4) can satisfy the requirements, therefore, there are 4
numbers that satisfy the conditions namely 1027, 1720, 2017 and 2710.
【Suggested Solution 2】
Using the conditions above, we can from 18 different 4-digit numbers namely: 1027,
1072, 1207, 1270, 1702, 1720, 2017, 2071, 2107, 2170, 2701, 2710, 7012, 7021,
7102, 7120, 7201, 7210.
From the list, only 4 numbers will have a remainder of 4 when divided by 7 namely
1027, 1720, 2017, 2710.
Answer:4 numbers
7. The lengths of two sides of a triangle are 6 cm and 13 cm respectively. It is
known that the length of the third side in also an integer (in cm.). What is the
sachtienganhhanoi.com

minimum perimeter of this triangle?


【Suggested Solution】
From the triangle inequality, we can derive that the smallest possible side length of
the third side is 8 cm, therefore, the minimum perimeter is 13 + 6 + 8 = 27 cm.
Answer:27 cm

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [181]


8. Refer to the diagram below, where 16 black squares and 9 white squares are
arranged alternately such that it will form a figure in which there are 7 bricks on
its diagonals, and all the outer bricks are black.

Using the similar pattern stated above, if we want to form figures in which there
are 11 bricks on its diagonals, how many black square tiles are required?
【Suggested Solution 1】
Refer to the diagram on the right; you can see that
the number of black square tiles used is
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 62 = 36
black squares.
【Suggested Solution 2】
When there are 11 bricks on its diagonals, the
number of lines taken is 6; with 6 black tiles on
each line. Therefore, there are a total of 6 × 6 = 36
black squares used.
【Suggested Solution 3】
Enclose the figure with a big square as shown. Then the area of the regions covered
by the white tiles is same as the that of the black tiles. Suppose each tile has side
1
length equals 1. Then the area of the big square is × 12 × 12 = 72 . Thus the number
2
1
of the black tiles is × 72 = 36 .
2
Answer:36 black square tiles

9. Fill in the 4 × 4 box so that the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4 appear


exactly once in each row and column. Refer to the figure on the A 4
right, what is the sum of the values of A and B? B 1
1 2 3 4
sachtienganhhanoi.com

3 4 2 1
【Suggested Solution】 2 1 4 3
Notice that the box that is situated below A can’t be 1, 2, or 4, thus it
must be 3, so A = 1 ; while the box situated above box B can’t be 1, 4 3 1 2
3 and 4, thus it must be 2, so we get B = 4 . So A + B = 1 + 4 = 5 . 1 2 3 4
Answer:5
3 4 2 1

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [182]


10. Alex and Charles both sent parcels of weight exceeding 10 kg . The postage rates
Alex and Charles were both sending parcels. The postage rates are as follows:
For the first 10 kg and below, the postage price is $6 per kg; the postage price for
each successive kilogram after 10 kg is $2 lower than the original price. Given
that Alex’s parcel is 20% heavier than Charles’ and his postage price is $12 more
than that of Charles, find the weight, in kg, of the parcel sent by Alex?
【Suggested Solution】
Note that the package of Alex and Charles are both of weight heavier than 10 kg each.
Also, Alex paid $12 more than Charles. Since the cost for each excess kg above 10 kg
is $6 − $2 = $4 , the weight of Alex’s package is 12 ÷ 4 = 3 kg heavier than Charles’.
As Alexs’ package is 20% heavier than Charles’, Charles’ package weighs
3 ÷ 20% = 15 kg and Alex’s package weighs 15 + 3 = 18 kg.
Answer:18 kg
11. Refer to the figure below where a pack of cylindrical-shaped tissue paper roll is
shown, where the middle part is made up of a hollow rolled cardboard. The tissue
paper is divided into several sheets and rolled over the cardboard. The pack
indicates: “138 mm × 100 mm per sheet, 3 ply”, which means that each sheet is
138 mm long and 100 mm wide and it contains 3 layers. Given that each roll of
tissue paper is 0.13 mm thick, the diameter of cardboard roll is 5 cm, and the
diameter of the rolled tissue paper is 12 cm, how many sheets of tissue paper,
rounding to integer, are there in a pack? (Take π = 3.14 )
Hollow 12 cm
Cardboard 5 cm

1 sheet
138 mm
3 ply

100 mm
【Suggested Solution】
The volume of a cylinder is given by the product of its base area and its height.
The height is 100 mm = 10 cm, so the volume of 1 roll is
12 5
3.14 × ( ) 2 × 10 − 3.14 × ( ) 2 × 10 = 934.15 cm3 .
2 2
And since 138 mm = 13.8 cm, 0.13 mm = 0.013 cm, then the volume of each piece of
sachtienganhhanoi.com

toilet paper is 10 × 13.8 × 0.013 × 3 = 5.382 cm3. Therefore, the number of tissue paper
934.15
sheets in 1 roll is ≈ 173.57 ≈ 174 sheets.
5.382
Answer:174 sheets

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [183]


12. The diagram below is composed of many right angled isosceles triangles.
Suppose an ant wants to travel from point A to point C, in how many ways can
this be done if we are only allowed to move up, right or diagonally?
C

A B
【Suggested Solution】
Refer to the diagram on the right, the total number of C
ways to go from A to C is 42 . 42
Answer:42 ways 12 30

6 12
6
2 4 2 4

A 1 1 1 1

13. From the set of positive integers from 1 to 174 inclusive, select 12 different
positive integers such that their sum is 2017. In how many different ways can the
12 integers be selected?
【Suggested Solution】
Observe that if we add the 12 largest numbers, we get
174 + 173 + 172 + 171 + 170 + 169 + 168 + 167 + 166 + 165 + 164 + 163 = 2022 ,
which is 5 more than the required 2017.
Now we consider the cases below:
Case 1: We subtract 5 from one number.
And to avoid duplication, this number cannot be greater than or equal to 168, so there
is a total of 5 ways in doing such:
174 + 173 + 172 + 171 + 170 + 169 + 168 + 167 + 166 + 165 + 164 + 158 = 2017
174 + 173 + 172 + 171 + 170 + 169 + 168 + 167 + 166 + 165 + 163 + 159 = 2017
sachtienganhhanoi.com

174 + 173 + 172 + 171 + 170 + 169 + 168 + 167 + 166 + 164 + 163 + 160 = 2017
174 + 173 + 172 + 171 + 170 + 169 + 168 + 167 + 165 + 164 + 163 +161 = 2017
174 + 173 + 172 + 171 + 170 + 169 + 168 + 166 + 165 + 164 + 163 + 162 = 2017
Case 2: We subtract 4 from one number and 1 from a different number.
We can only subtract 4 from the numbers less than 166 and subtract 1 from 163.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [184]


There are 2 possible ways:
(a) Subtract 4 from 165, and subtract 1 from 163:
174 + 173 + 172 + 171 + 170 + 169 + 168 + 167 + 166 + 164 + 162 + 161 = 2017
(b) Subtract 4 from 164, and subtract 1 from 163:
174 + 173 + 172 + 171 + 170 + 169 + 168 + 167 + 166 + 165 + 162 + 160 = 2017
Case 3: Subtracting not more than 3 from any number.
To subtract 3 from numbers less than 166 and subtracting 2 or 1 from numbers less
than 165. No new solutions can be formed.
Therefore there is a total of 5 + 2 = 7 ways.
Answer:7 ways
14. A bag contains 2017 balls that are numbered from 1 to 2017. At least how many
balls must be taken out so that among those balls, there will always be 3 balls, in
which the sum of the numbers on the first two balls is the number on the third
ball?
【Suggested Solution】
Since 2017 = 1008 + 1009 < 1009 + 1010 , suppose we take out 1009~2017, which is a
total of 1009 numbers, we cannot ensure that there are three balls that will satisfy the
given conditions.(10 points)
So suppose we take 1010 balls out. Suppose the largest number out of the 1010 balls
is M, then the difference between M and the number of other balls taken out has 1009
different values, and both are less than 2017. (5 points) Since there are only 1007
balls that have not been taken out, at least one difference M − x is the number y of
the balls taken out, where x is the number of the removed ball. So x, y, x + y = M
are taken out of the ball number which satisfies the condition above. (5 points)
Answer:1010 balls

15. There are eight numbers namely 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. Choose at least two
different numbers from the eight numbers such that the difference of any two of
the chosen numbers neither equals to 2 nor 6. (For example, if 1 is already
chosen, 3 and/or 7 cannot be chosen). What is the number of different ways to
choose the numbers?
【Suggested Solution 1】
To understand the problem, we can consider to divide the eight numbers into two
groups as shown in the diagram below. Observe that any two adjacent numbers in
each group cannot be simultaneously selected, therefore, in each group, we can
choose a maximum of two numbers only, and we can choose a maximum of four
numbers combined. 1
sachtienganhhanoi.com

8 2

7 3

6 4
5

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [185]


Now we consider the 3 cases:
Case 1: If we choose 2 numbers:
Case 1a. If we get 1 number from each group, there is a total of 4 × 4 = 16 ways.
Case 1b. If we get 2 numbers from the same group, there is a total of 2 × 2 = 4 ways.
Therefore, we have a total of 16 + 4 = 20 ways. (5 points)
Case 2: If we choose 3 numbers, we can get 2 numbers from 1 group, and 1 number
from the other group, therefore we have a total of 2 × 2 × 4 = 16 ways.
(5 points)
Case 3: If we choose 4 numbers, we can get 2 numbers from both groups. Therefore,
we have a total number of 2 × 2 = 4 ways. (5 points)
So, overall we have a total of 20 + 16 + 4 = 40 ways. (5 points)

【Suggested Solution 2】
Refer to the diagram below, since we can select 0, 1 or 2 numbers in a group, then the
total number of ways to select per group is 1 + 4 + 2 = 7 ways. (5 points)
So the total number of ways to select numbers is 7 × 7 = 49 ways. (5 points)
Then we subtract the cases wherein we select 0 at both groups, as well as taking only
1 total number from both groups.(5 points)
Therefore, we have a total of 49 − 4 − 4 − 1 = 40 ways. (5 points)
1
8 2

7 3

6 4
5 Answer:40 ways

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [186]


International Mathematics Assessments for Schools

2017 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER


Time allowed:75 minutes
When your teacher gives the signal, begin working on the problems.

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


GENERAL
1. Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
2. No calculators, slide rules, log tables, math stencils, mobile phones or other
calculating aids are permitted. Scribbling paper, graph paper, ruler and compasses
are permitted, but are not essential.
3. Diagrams are NOT drawn to scale. They are intended only as aids.
4. There are 20 multiple-choice questions, each with 5 choices. Choose the most
reasonable answer. The last 5 questions require whole number answers between
000 and 999 inclusive. The questions generally get harder as you work through the
paper. There is no penalty for an incorrect response.
5. This is a mathematics assessment, not a test; do not expect to answer all questions.
6. Read the instructions on the answer sheet carefully. Ensure your name, school
name and school year are filled in. It is your responsibility that the Answer Sheet
is correctly coded.

THE ANSWER SHEET


1. Use only pencils.
2. Record your answers on the reverse side of the Answer Sheet (not on the question
paper) by FULLY filling in the circles which correspond to your choices.
3. Your Answer Sheet will be read by a machine. The machine will see all markings
even if they are in the wrong places. So please be careful not to doodle or write
anything extra on the Answer Sheet. If you want to change an answer or remove
any marks, use a plastic eraser and be sure to remove all marks and smudges.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

INTEGRITY OF THE COMPETITION


The IMAS reserves the right to re-examine students before deciding whether to
grant official status to their scores.

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [187]


2017 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER

Questions 1-10, 3 marks each


20 × 17
1. What is the simplified value of ?
2 + 0 +1+ 7
34
(A)340 (B) (C)10 (D)20 (E)34
2017

2. What is the remainder when 2017 is divided by 9?


(A)0 (B)1 (C)2 (D)3 (E)7

3. Positive integers are arranged in the array as shown below, what is the sum of all
the integers located on the fifth row ?
1
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16

(A)91 (B)164 (C)172 (D)189 (E)215

4. Arrange the numbers 2.718 , 2.718 , 2.718 and 2.71828 in increasing order.
(Repeating decimals are denoted by drawing a horizontal bar above the recurring
figures.)
(A) 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.71828 < 2.718 (B) 2.71828 < 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.718
(C) 2.718 < 2.71828 < 2.718 < 2.718 (D) 2.71828 < 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.718
(E) 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.71828

5. The figure below plots the body temperature records of one patient in a day. The
records started at 00:00 AM and were taken every 4 hours. After how many hours
did the patient recorded his highest temperature?

40
39.5
39.1
39
38.5 38.4 38.5
sachtienganhhanoi.com

38 38.3
38 37.8 37.7
37.5
37
36.5

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 time
(A)0 (B)4 (C)12 (D)16 (E)24

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [188]


UP 2
6. On a 5 × 5 table below, place into each cell the sum of its row number and
column number. For example, value of a below is 2 + 3 = 5 . How many odd
numbers are filled into the table?
1 2 3 4 5
1
2 a
3
4
5
(A)5 (B)10 (C)12 (D)18 (E)25

7. There are 23 kids seated in a row. They call out the numbers from left to right as
1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, … for the first round. They call out 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4,
1, 2, … from right to left for the second round. How many kids call out the same
number in two rounds?
(A)11 (B)12 (C)15 (D)18 (E)23

8. Salted water with 3.2% concentration weights 500 g. How many salt, in grams, is
left if the water is vaporized completely?
(A)16 (B)32 (C)64 (D)100 (E)128

9. In the figure below, Tom combined some squares of the same size into a shape of
umbrella. Find the least number of squares he would use.

(A)5 (B)9 (C)12 (D)15 (E)20


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [189]


UP 3
10. The shape enclosed by solid lines in the figure below is composed of unit squares.
What is the maximum area of a rectangle that can be cut from the shape along
grid lines?

(A)80 (B)96 (C)100 (D)112 (E)128

Questions 11-20, 4 marks each

11. Given six cards with numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 one card for each number. Each
time Lee takes 2 cards, he computes the difference (larger one minus small one)
and discards the two cards. Find the maximum possible sum of the three
differences after all cards are discarded.
(A)3 (B)5 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9

12. The houses of Mary and Jerry are connected by a trail. One day, they started from
their respective house at the same time, and walked towards the other's house.
The speed of Mary is 1.5 times that of Jerry and they met 12 minutes later. On
the next day, Mary left his house and walked to Jerry's house with the same speed.
How long would he take to reach Jerry's house?

Jerry
Mary
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)15 (B)18 (C)20 (D)24 (E)30

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [190]


UP 4
13. In the figure below, the area of square ABCD is 36 cm2, the area of rectangle
CDEF is 18 cm2 and the area of ADGH is 48 cm2. What is the perimeter, in cm,
of BFEDGH?
F E

D G
C

B A H
(A)18 (B)36 (C)46 (D)48 (E)56

14. There are two routes starting in a bus stop. A bus departs for the first route every
8 minutes and departs the second route every 10 minutes. At 6:00 in the morning,
two buses depart for the two routes at the same time. Among the choices below,
when will the buses depart for the two routes simultaneously?
(A)7:30 (B)8:20 (C)9:40 (D)10:00 (E)11:00

15. Let a, b, c, d, e and f are distinct digits such that the expression ab + cd = ef .
What is the least possible value of ef ?
(A)30 (B)34 (C)36 (D)39 (E)41

16. Henry starts working at 9:00 in the morning and finishes at 5:00 in the afternoon.
How many more degrees does the minute hand rotates than the hour hand does
on the clock during this period?
(A)120 (B)1200 (C)1320 (D)2640 (E)2880

17. The average score of a class in an exam is 70. Two students got 0 for absence and
the average of remaining students is 74. What is the total number of students in
the class?
(A)25 (B)28 (C)30 (D)35 (E)37

18. The price criteria of the subway ticket of a city is as follows: $2 for within 4 km,
$1 more per 4 km for distances between 4 km and 12 km, $1 more per 6 km for
distances over 12 km. It costs $8 to take subway from station A to station B.
Which of the following is closest to the distance between A and B?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

B
(A)12 km (B)18 km (C)24 km (D)36 km (E)48 km

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [191]


UP 5
19. The figure below shows the floor plan of a library. Each room is connected to
adjacent rooms. One starts from room 1 and walks through all rooms without
repetitions (going back). How many unique paths are there?

2 4 6

1 3 5 7

(A)4 (B)8 (C)10 (D)12 (E)14

20. In the figure below, 55 unit cubes were stacked in a pile. Paint the surface of the
pile of cubes but the face on the ground is not painted. How many unpainted unit
cubes are there when the stack is separated?

(A)6 (B)9 (C)13 (D)14 (E)18

Questions 21-25, 6 marks each


21. There are 50 mail boxes. One day 151 letters are distributed into these mail boxes.
It turns out that one mail box has more letters than any other mail box. What is
minimal number of letters this mail box can have?

22. In the figure below, a bottle consists of side faces of two identical cones. The
radius of the bottom of the cone is 5 cm while the distance between A and B is 24
cm. There is a hole at A and is sealed elsewhere. The bottle is now filled up with
water and placed on a horizontal table with BC along the table top face. What is
the volume, in cm3, of the water left, if the thickness of the bottle surface and size
of hole is ignored (take π as 3.14)?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

A
B

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [192]


UP 6
23. The sum of all the digits of a 3-digit number is divided by 4. Now, the sum of all
digits of the number which is equal to the previous 3-digit number plus 1 is also
divided by 4. What is the largest possible such number?

24. In the figure below, the side length of equilateral triangle ABC is 6 cm. Each side
is divided into 6 equal segments and connects corresponding dividing points to
get an equilateral network. Call a point "reachable" if it can be connected to A by
a broken line of length 5 cm along the grid lines without passing any lattice point
twice. For example, point D in the figure is reachable. Find the number of
reachable points in the figure.
C

A B

25. The students in a research class are clustered into two groups: the morning and
afternoon sessions. A student takes part in exactly one group in each session (the
two groups in each session can be different and the number of students in each
group can be different). Each group has at least one student and at most 6
students. Each student reports the number of students in the group he or she
belongs to in two sessions. One finds that no two students report the same pair of
numbers (with order, for example, (1, 4) and (4, 1) are different). What is
maximum number of students in the class?

***
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [193]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [194]


Solution to
Sixth International Mathematics Assessment for Schools
Round 1 of Upper Division
20 × 17
1. What is the simplified value of ?
2 + 0 +1+ 7
34
(A)340 (B) (C)10 (D)20 (E)34
2017
【Solution】
20 × 17 20 × 17
= = 2 × 17 = 34 .
2 + 0 +1+ 7 10
Answer: (E)
2. What is the remainder when 2017 is divided by 9?
(A)0 (B)1 (C)2 (D)3 (E)7
【Solution 1】
2017 = 9 × 224 + 1 .
【Solution 2】
The remainder of an integer divided by 9 equals to the remainder of the sum of its
digits divided by 9. Thus, the remainder of 2017 is 2 + 0 + 1 + 7 = 10 divided by 9,
which is 1.
Answer: (B)
3. Positive integers are arranged in the array as shown below, what is the sum of all
the integers located on the fifth row ?
1
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16

(A)91 (B)164 (C)172 (D)189 (E)215
【Solution】
According to the pattern, the sum of the fifth row is
17 + 18 + 19 + 20 + 21 + 22 + 23 + 24 + 25 = 189 .
Answer: (D)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

4. Arrange the numbers 2.718 , 2.718 , 2.718 and 2.71828 in increasing order.
(Repeating decimals are denoted by drawing a horizontal bar above the recurring
figures.)
(A) 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.71828 < 2.718 (B) 2.71828 < 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.718
(C) 2.718 < 2.71828 < 2.718 < 2.718 (D) 2.71828 < 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.718
(E) 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.718 < 2.71828

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [195]


【Solution】
Observe that 2.718 = 2.718718⋯ , 2.718 = 2.71818⋯ , 2.718 = 2.71888⋯ and
2.71828. By comparing the ten thousandths digit, we get
2.718 < 2.71828 < 2.718 < 2.718 .
Answer: (C)
5. The figure below plots the body temperature records of one patient in a day. The
records started at 00:00 AM and were taken every 4 hours. After how many hours
did the patient recorded his highest temperature?

40
39.5
39.1
39
38.5 38.4 38.5
38 38.3
38 37.8 37.7
37.5
37
36.5

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 time
(A)0 (B)4 (C)12 (D)16 (E)24
【Solution】
Reading from the plot, the temperature is the highest at 16 o'clock.
Answer: (D)
6. On a 5 × 5 table below, place into each cell the sum of its row number and
column number. For example, value of a below is 2 + 3 = 5 . How many odd
numbers are filled into the table?
1 2 3 4 5
1
2 a
3
4
5

(A)5 (B)10 (C)12 (D)18 (E)25


【Solution 1】
All numbers filled in are as follows, there are 12 odd numbers.
1 2 3 4 5
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7 8
4 5 6 7 8 9
5 6 7 8 9 10

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [196]


【Solution 2】
Observe that the properties of pari are as follows: odd + odd = even, even + odd =
odd and even + even = even, there are 2 odds on the first row, 3 on the second row,
2 on the third row, 3 on the fourth row and 2 on the fifth row. Thus, there is a total of
2 + 3 + 2 + 3 + 2 = 12 odd numbers.
Answer: (C)
7. There are 23 kids seated in a row. They call out the numbers from left to right as
1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, … for the first round. They call out 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4,
1, 2, … from right to left for the second round. How many kids call out the same
number in two rounds?
(A)11 (B)12 (C)15 (D)18 (E)23
【Solution】
23 kids call out the numbers as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
First
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
Call
Second
3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
Call
11 kids call out the same number in two rounds.
Answer: (A)
8. Salted water with 3.2% concentration weights 500 g. How many salt, in grams, is
left if the water is vaporized completely?
(A)16 (B)32 (C)64 (D)100 (E)128
【Solution】
The salt is 500 × 3.2% = 16 g.
Answer: (A)
9. In the figure below, Tom combined some squares of the same size into a shape of
umbrella. Find the least number of squares he would use.

(A)5 (B)9 (C)12 (D)15 (E)20


sachtienganhhanoi.com

【Solution】
The larger the square is, the less number Tom needs.
The square size is determined by the shortest length of
the broken line segment enclosing the umbrella. As in
the figure, the least number is using 15 squares.
Answer: (D)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [197]


10. The shape enclosed by solid lines in the figure below is composed of unit squares.
What is the maximum area of a rectangle that can be cut from the shape along
grid lines?

(A)80 (B)96 (C)100 (D)112 (E)128


【Solution】
Compute the area of rectangles of following shapes: 2 × 22 = 44 , 4 × 20 = 80 ,
6 × 16 = 96 , 8 × 14 = 112 , 10 × 10 = 100 , 12 × 8 = 96 , 14 × 4 = 56 and 16 × 2 = 32 .
The maximal area is 112.

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [198]


Answer: (D)
11. Given six cards with numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 one card for each number. Each
time Lee takes 2 cards, he computes the difference (larger one minus small one)
and discards the two cards. Find the maximum possible sum of the three
differences after all cards are discarded.
(A)3 (B)5 (C)7 (D)8 (E)9
【Solution】
The sum of the differences is the sum of three of the six numbers minus the sum of
the remaining three. The maximum is 6 + 5 + 4 − 3 − 2 − 1 = 9 .
Answer: (E)
12. The houses of Mary and Jerry are connected by a trail. One day, they started from
their respective house at the same time, and walked towards the other's house.
The speed of Mary is 1.5 times that of Jerry and they met 12 minutes later. On
the next day, Mary left his house and walked to Jerry's house with the same speed.
How long would he take to reach Jerry's house?

Jerry
Mary

(A)15 (B)18 (C)20 (D)24 (E)30


【Solution 1】
Since Mary's speed is 1.5 times of Jerry. It will take Mary 12 ÷ 1.5 = 8 minutes from
the place they met the first day to Jerry's house. Mary will take 12 + 8 = 20 minutes to
reach Jerry's house.
【Solution 2】
Assume the speed of Jerry is 1, then the speed of Mary is 1.5. The distance between
two houses is (1 + 1.5) × 12 = 30 . It will take Mary 30 ÷ 1.5 = 20 minutes to walk.
Answer: (C)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

13. In the figure below, the area of square ABCD is F E


2 2
36 cm , the area of rectangle CDEF is 18 cm
and the area of ADGH is 48 cm2. What is the C D G
perimeter, in cm, of BFEDGH?
(A)18 (B)36 (C)46
(D)48 (E)56
B A H
IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [199]
【Solution】
The area of square ABCD being 36 cm2, its side length is AB = BC = 6 cm. Rectangle
1
CDEF has area 18 cm2, one half of area of ABCD, so CF = BC = 3 cm; Rectangle
2
4 4
ADGH has area 48 cm2, of area of ABCD, CF = AB = 8 cm. Thus, the
3 3
perimeter of BFEDGH is (6 + 3 + 6 + 8) × 2 = 46 cm.
Answer: (C)
14. There are two routes starting in a bus stop. A bus departs for the first route every
8 minutes and departs the second route every 10 minutes. At 6:00 in the morning,
two buses depart for the two routes at the same time. Among the choices below,
when will the buses depart for the two routes simultaneously?
(A)7:30 (B)8:20 (C)9:40 (D)10:00 (E)11:00
【Solution】
Every [8, 10] = 40 minutes the two buses depart at the same time. Among the
options, only the difference between 10:00 and 6:00 is an integer multiple of 40
minutes.
Answer: (D)
15. Let a, b, c, d, e and f are distinct digits such that the expression ab + cd = ef .
What is the least possible value of ef ?
(A)30 (B)34 (C)36 (D)39 (E)41
【Solution】
Since a + c ≥ 1 + 2 = 3 , one has e ≥ 3 . Take e = 3 , one gets a and c are 1 and 2,
respectively. Moreover b and d are non-zero, otherwise f is equal to b or d. So
b + d ≥ 4 + 5 = 9 , that is, f = 9 . For example, 14 + 25 = 39 and 15 + 24 = 39 .
Answer: (D)
16. Henry starts working at 9:00 in the morning and finishes at 5:00 in the afternoon.
How many more degrees does the minute hand rotates than the hour hand does
on the clock during this period?
(A)120 (B)1200 (C)1320 (D)2640 (E)2880
【Solution】
Henry works for 8 hours. In this period, the minute hand rotates 8 rounds, that is
8 2
8 × 360 = 2880 degrees. And the hour hand rotates = round, that is
12 3
2
× 360 = 240 degrees. The difference is 2880 − 240 = 2640 degrees.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

3
Answer: (D)
17. The average score of a class in an exam is 70. Two students got 0 for absence and
the average of remaining students is 74. What is the total number of students in
the class?
(A)25 (B)28 (C)30 (D)35 (E)37

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [200]


【Solution 1】
The average changes from 74 to 70 when two 0 score students are counted. Every
other student gives 4 points of himself to the two zero score student to get a total
70 × 2 = 140 . There are 140 ÷ 4 = 35 other student and 35 + 2 = 37 students in total.
【Solution 2】
Assume there are x students in the class, then
74( x − 2) = 70 x
which solves x = 37 .
Answer: (E)
18. The price criteria of the subway ticket of a city is as follows: $2 for within 4 km,
$1 more per 4 km for distances between 4 km and 12 km, $1 more per 6 km for
distances over 12 km. It costs $8 to take subway from station A to station B.
Which of the following is closest to the distance between A and B?
A

B
(A)12 km (B)18 km (C)24 km (D)36 km (E)48 km
【Solution】
(12 − 4)
The cost of a 12km trip is 2 + = 4 dollars, so the distance between A and B
4
is over 12 km, and the cost increases by $4 after 12 km. So the distance after 12 km is
at least 6 × 4 = 24 km but less than 6 × 5 = 30 km. Then the distance between
station A and station B is at least 36 km, and at most 42 km. Among the options, the
closest distance between A and B is 36 km.
Answer: (D)
19. The figure below shows the floor plan of a library. Each room is connected to
adjacent rooms. One starts from room 1 and walks through all rooms without
repetitions (going back). How many unique paths are there?
2 4 6

1 3 5 7
(A)4 (B)8 (C)10 (D)12 (E)14
【Solution】
We have all paths by enumeration:
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1→2→3→4→5→6→7;1→2→3→4→5→7→6;1→2→3→4→6→5→7;
1→2→3→4→6→7→5;1→2→3→5→4→6→7;1→2→3→5→7→6→4;
1→2→4→3→5→6→7;1→2→4→3→5→7→6;1→3→2→4→5→6→7;
1→2→4→6→7→5→3;1→3→2→4→6→5→7;1→3→2→4→5→7→6;
1→3→2→4→6→7→5;1→3→5→7→6→4→2.
There are totally 14 paths.
Answer: (E)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [201]


20. In the figure below, 55 unit cubes were stacked in a pile.
Paint the surface of the pile of cubes but the face on the
ground is not painted. How many unpainted unit cubes are
there when the stack is separated?
(A)6 (B)9 (C)13
(D)14 (E)18
【Solution】
The level on the ground has 3 × 3 = 9 unpainted cubes, the second level has
2 × 2 = 4 , the third level has 1. In total, there are 9 + 4 + 1 = 14 unpainted unit cubes.
Answer: (D)
21. There are 50 mail boxes. One day 151 letters are distributed into these mail boxes.
It turns out that one mail box has more letters than any other mail box. What is
minimal number of letters this mail box can have?
【Solution】
Since 151 = 3 × 50 + 1 , at least one mail box has at least 3 + 1 = 4 letters. When one
mail box has 4 letters, other mail box has 3 letters, the conditions in the problem is
satisfied. The minimum is 4.
Answer: 004

22. In the figure below, a bottle consists of side faces of two identical cones. The
radius of the bottom of the cone is 5 cm while the distance between A and B is 24
cm. There is a hole at A and is sealed elsewhere. The bottle is now filled up with
water and placed on a horizontal table with BC along the table top face. What is
the volume, in cm3, of the water left, if the thickness of the bottle surface and size
of hole is ignored (take π as 3.14)?

A
B

C
【Solution】
D A
Assume the diameter of bottom of the cone is
CD. If BC is horizontal, it follows that AD is
also horizontal. There are no water leaking
out. The volume of water is equal to the
volume of the bottle, which is
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1 24 B C
( π × 52 × ) × 2 ≈ 628 cm3.
3 2
Answer: 628
23. The sum of all the digits of a 3-digit number is divided by 4. Now, the sum of all
digits of the number which is equal to the previous 3-digit number plus 1 is also
divided by 4. What is the largest possible such number?

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [202]


【Solution】
If there is no carry when the number is added by 1, sum of digits increases by 1,
contradiction to that both sum of digits are divided by 4. If there is a carry, the last
digit is 9. Since the sum of all digits changes by 8 when one carry happens and by 17
when two carries happens. It follows that only one carry should happen and the
original number has the sum of all digits divided by 4. In order to take the number to
be maximal, the first digit should also be 9. The second digit can be either 2 or 6. The
largest one is 969.
Answer: 969
24. In the figure below, the side length of equilateral C
triangle ABC is 6 cm. Each side is divided into 6
equal segments and connects corresponding
dividing points to get an equilateral network. Call
a point "reachable" if it can be connected to A by a
broken line of length 5 cm along the grid lines
without passing any lattice point twice. For D
example, point D in the figure is reachable. Find
the number of reachable points in the figure.
【Solution】 A B
Let us name those connecting to A by a grid line segment of length 1 cm as "one
step". From the figure, we know it needs at least 6 steps to reach a point on line BC.
Then points on BC are not reachable. Actually, it is easy to discover that any other
point is reachable. Some paths are as follows:
C C

C C
A B A B
sachtienganhhanoi.com

A B A B
So totally there are 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 = 20 reachable lattice points.
Answer: 020

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [203]


25. The students in a research class are clustered into two groups: the morning and
afternoon sessions. A student takes part in exactly one group in each session (the
two groups in each session can be different and the number of students in each
group can be different). Each group has at least one student and at most 6
students. Each student reports the number of students in the group he or she
belongs to in two sessions. One finds that no two students report the same pair of
numbers (with order, for example, (1, 4) and (4, 1) are different). What is
maximum number of students in the class?
【Solution】
Consider the two numbers reported by a student as an ordered pair. The first number
represents number of students in the morning session, the second number represents
the afternoon session. Since maximum number of students in a group is 6, there is a
total of 36 combinations as follows:
(1, 1) (1, 2) (1, 3) (1, 4) (1, 5) (1, 6)
(2, 1) (2, 2) (2, 3) (2, 4) (2, 5) (2, 6)
(3, 1) (3, 2) (3, 3) (3, 4) (3, 5) (3, 6)
(4, 1) (4, 2) (4, 3) (4, 4) (4, 5) (4, 6)
(5, 1) (5, 2) (5, 3) (5, 4) (5, 5) (5, 6)
(6, 1) (6, 2) (6, 3) (6, 4) (6, 5) (6, 6)
Since the pairs in row k (1 ≤ k ≤ 6 ) corresponds students in a group of size k in the
morning, the total number of students in row k is a multiple of k. There are at most 6
students in row 4, 5 students in row 5. Similarly, the number of students in column k
is a multiple of k. If (4, 4), (4, 5), (5, 4) are taken out as without students, the
remaining 33 pairs satisfy the above requirement. Group of the students in two
sessions row-wisely and column-wisely respectively, one gets a feasible grouping. So
the maximum number of students is 33.
(1, 1) (1, 2) (1, 3) (1, 4) (1, 5) (1, 6)
(2, 1) (2, 2) (2, 3) (2, 4) (2, 5) (2, 6)
(3, 1) (3, 2) (3, 3) (3, 4) (3, 5) (3, 6)
(4, 1) (4, 2) (4, 3) (4, 4) (4, 5) (4, 6) Must remove 2
(5, 1) (5, 2) (5, 3) (5, 4) (5, 5) (5, 6) Must remove 1
(6, 1) (6, 2) (6, 3) (6, 4) (6, 5) (6, 6)

Must Must
remove 2 remove 1
Answer: 033
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [204]


7th International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
(2017-2018)

Upper Primary Division Round 2


Time: 120 minutes

Printed Name: Code: Score:

Instructions:
Do not open the contest booklet until you are told to do so.
Be sure that your name and code are written on the space provided above.
Round 2 of IMAS is composed of three parts; the total score is 100 marks.
Questions 1 to 5 are given as a multiple-choice test. Each question has five
possible options marked as A, B, C, D and E. Only one of these options is correct.
After making your choice, fill in the appropriate letter in the space provided. Each
correct answer is worth 4 marks. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
Questions 6 to 13 are a short answer test. Only Arabic numerals are accepted;
using other written text will not be honored or credited. Some questions have more
than one answer, as such all answers are required to be written down in the space
provided to obtain full marks. Each correct answer is worth 5 marks. There is no
penalty for incorrect answers.
Questions 14 and 15 require a detailed solution or process in which 20 marks are
to be awarded to a completely written solution. Partial marks may be given to an
incomplete presentation. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
Use of electronic computing devices is not allowed.
Only pencil, blue or black ball-pens may be used to write your solution or answer.
Diagrams are not drawn to scale. They are intended as aids only.
After the contest the invigilator will collect the contest paper.
The following area is to be filled in by the judges;
sachtienganhhanoi.com

the contestants are not supposed to mark anything here.


Total
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Score Signature

Score

Score

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [205]


Upper Primary Division Round 2

Questions 1 to 5, 4 marks each


1. Arranged 80 triangles in a row and color them black and white in a pattern as
shown below. How many more black triangles than white triangles are there?
▲▲▲△△▲▲▲△△▲▲▲△△……
(A)10 (B)16 (C)18 (D)20 (E)25

Answer:

2. The results of a math quiz of a certain class are as follows: 4 students got 100
points; the scores of 6 students are from 90 to 99; the scores of 18 students are
from 80 to 89; while of 12 remaining students are from 70 to 79 and 10 students
got below 69. The average of the class is 81.4. What is the total score of the
class?
(A)4050 (B)3750 (C)4070 (D)3820 (E)Undetermined.

Answer:

3. Let AB and CD be two perpendicular diameters of circle O. Draw two lines


through any point P on the circle perpendicular to AB and CD, with intersections
at F and E, respectively. If the diameter of circle O is 8 cm, what is the length, in
cm, of EF?
A

F P

C D
O E

(A)8 (B)6 (C)5 (D)4 (E)2


sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [206]


UP 2
4. The figure below is composed of 36 small equilateral triangles, with each having
an area of 1 cm2. What is the area, in cm2, of triangle ABC?

A
C

B
(A)6 (B)8 (C)10 (D)12 (E)18

Answer:

5. After removing the decimal part of a certain positive number, 5 times the sum of
the integral part and the original positive number is 22.1. What is the value of
this positive number?
(A)4.42 (B)0.42 (C)4.41 (D)4 (E)2.42

Answer:

Questions 6 to 13, 5 marks each


6. A box contains identical balls where 7 are black, 5 are white and 8 are red balls.
What is the least number of balls that must be taken out from the box to get balls
of each color?
Answer: balls

7. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram, where E and F are midpoints of BC and


CD respectively. Now connect AE, AF, DE, BF, BD. The area of ABCD is 4 cm2.
With three of A, B, C, D, E, F as vertices and present line segments as sides, how
many triangles of area 1cm2 can you find in the figure?
A D
sachtienganhhanoi.com

B E C
Answer: triangles

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [207]


UP 3
8. A round table has 20 seats. Some seats are occupied such that a new person will
always sit adjacent to someone wherever he is already seated. What is the least
number of seats already occupied?
Answer: seats

9. Rotate an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle 40 degrees clockwise and


counter-clockwise, as shown in the figure below. How many triangles are there in
the figure?

Answer: triangles

10. A rectangle is divided into 12 unit squares such that 10 are white and 2 are black,
as shown in the figure below. To form a centrally symmetric picture by adding
some white squares but no black squares, what is the least number of white
squares needed?

Answer: white unit squares


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [208]


UP 4
11. In the figure below, ABCD is a right trapezoid where ∠ =∠ = 90° ,
AB = 3 cm, CD = 9 cm. Points E and F are on CD and BC respectively. If
BF = 2 cm and AE with EF divides the trapezoid into three parts with equal area,
what is the area, in cm2, of ABCD?

A B

D E C

Answer: cm2

12. A factory produces an order of parts. If the output per hour is 4 parts more than
1
the original speed, the time spent is less than the originally estimated time.
10
1
If the speed is 6 parts less than the original, the time spent is more than the
5
original estimate. How many parts does the factory originally produce per hour?

Answer: parts

13. A three-digit number is said to be "lucky" if it is divisible by 6 and by swapping


its last two digits will give a number divisible by 6. How many "lucky" numbers
are there?

Answer:
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [209]


UP 5

Questions 14 to 15, 20 marks each


(Detailed solutions are needed for these two problems)
14. There is a sequence of five positive integers. Each number right after the first
term is at least twice the number before it. If the sum of the five numbers is 2018,
what is the least possible value of the last number?

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [210]


UP 6
15. Some chess pieces are put on a 8 × 8 chess board, with at most 1 piece in each
square. After taking all pieces on any chosen 4 rows and 4 columns, there is at
least 1 piece left on the board. Find the least number of pieces originally on the
board.

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: pieces

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [211]


sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [212]


Solution Key to Second Round of IMAS 2017/2018
Upper Primary Division
1. Arranged 80 triangles in a row and color them black and white in a pattern as
shown below. How many more black triangles than white triangles are there?
▲▲▲△△▲▲▲△△▲▲▲△△……
(A)10 (B)16 (C)18 (D)20 (E)25
【Solution】
From the picture, it shows that the coloring is periodic with period 5, consisting of 3
black triangles and 2 white ones. In each period, the number of black triangles is one
more than the white ones. Since there are 80 ÷ 5 = 16 periods, so there are 16 more
black triangles.
Answer: (B)
2. The results of a math quiz of a certain class are as follows: 4 students got 100
points; the scores of 6 students are from 90 to 99; the scores of 18 students are
from 80 to 89; while of 12 remaining students are from 70 to 79 and 10 students
got below 69. The average of the class is 81.4. What is the total score of the
class?
(A)4050 (B)3750 (C)4070 (D)3820 (E)Undetermined.
【Solution】
There are totally 4 + 6 + 18 + 12 + 10 = 50 students in the class. So, the total score of
the class is 81.4 × 50 = 4070 .
Answer: (C)
3. Let AB and CD be two perpendicular diameters of circle O. Draw two lines
through any point P on the circle perpendicular to AB and CD, with intersections
at F and E, respectively. If the diameter of circle O is 8 cm, what is the length, in
cm, of EF?
A

F P

C D
O E

B
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)8 (B)6 (C)5 (D)4 (E)2


【Solution】
With the perpendicular conditions, it implies that PEOF is a rectangle. Connect OP,
then OP = EF . Since OP is radius of the circle, then EF = 4 cm.
Answer: (D)

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [213]


4. The figure below is composed of 36 small equilateral triangles, with each having
an area of 1 cm2. What is the area, in cm2, of triangle ABC?

A
C

B
(A)6 (B )8 (C)10 (D)12 (E)18
【Solution 1】
Mark points D, D′ , E, E ′ , F and F ′ as in the figure.
Then, the triangle ABC is divided into triangles ADC, A D′
BEC, AFB and DEF. Notice that:
(i) Triangle DEF has area 1 cm2; C
D E
(ii) Triangle ADC has area half of parallelogram F′
ADCD′ , which is composed by 4 small equilateral F
triangles, thus the area of triangle ADC is
1 B E′
× 4 = 2 cm2;
2
(iii) Similarly, triangle BEC has area half of parallelogram BE′CE , which is
composed by 6 small equilateral triangles, thus the area of triangle BEC is
1
× 6 = 3 cm2;
2
(iv) Triangle AFB has area half of parallelogram AFBF ′ , which is composed by 8
1
small equilateral triangles, thus the area of triangle AFB is × 8 = 4 cm2.
2
Triangle ABC has area 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 10 cm . 2

【Solution 2】
Mark points D′ , E ′ as in the figure, then triangle
ABC, ACD′ , BCE ′ compose to ABE ′CD′ , which
consists 13 whole equilateral triangle and 4 half A D′
equilateral triangle and hence has area C
1
sachtienganhhanoi.com

13 × 1 + 4 × = 15
2
ACD′ and BCE ′ have area 2 cm2 and 3 cm2,
respectively. Then triangle ABC has area
15 − 2 − 3 = 10 cm2. B E′

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [214]


【Solution 3】
Mark points D, E, F as in the figure, triangle DEF has E
1 2
area 36 cm2. Notice that AE = EF , AF = EF ,
3 3
A
1 2 1
FB = FD , BD = FD , CE = CD = DE . C
3 3 2
Thus by the common angle theorem,
1 1
triangle ACE has area × × 36 = 6 cm2,
3 2
2 1 F B D
triangle AFB has area × × 36 = 8 cm2,
3 3
2 1
triangle ACE has area × × 36 = 12 cm2.
3 2
So triangle ABC has area 36 − 6 − 8 − 12 = 10 cm2.
Answer: (C)
5. After removing the decimal part of a certain positive number, 5 times the sum of
the integral part and the original positive number is 22.1. What is the value of
this positive number?
(A)4.42 (B)0.42 (C)4.41 (D)4 (E)2.42
【Solution】
The sum of this number and its integer part is 22.1 ÷ 5 = 4.42 , the non-integer part is
then 0.42, the integer part is 4 ÷ 2 = 2 , thus, the original number is 2.42.
Answer: (E)
6. A box contains identical balls where 7 are black, 5 are white and 8 are red balls.
What is the least number of balls that must be taken out from the box to get balls
of each color?
【Solution】
To have at least one of the three colors, all the balls of the two colors of that have
largest sizes must be taken out. That is 7 + 8 = 15 balls. Taking one more ball
ensures having balls at least one of the three colors, that is 15 + 1 = 16 .
Answer: 16
7. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram, where E and F are midpoints of BC and
CD respectively. Now connect AE, AF, DE, BF, BD. The area of ABCD is 4 cm2.
With three of A, B, C, D, E, F as vertices and present line segments as sides, how
many triangles of area 1cm2 can you find in the figure?
A D
sachtienganhhanoi.com

B E C

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [215]


【Solution】
There are 10 triangles ABD, ABE, ABF, ADE, ADF, BCD, BCF, BDE, BDF, CDE in
the figure. With the area of ABCD being 4 cm2, one knows:
1
(i) Each of triangles ABD, ABF, ADE, BCD has area × 4 = 2 cm2;
2
(ii) Since E is the midpoint of BC, each of triangles ABE, CDE, BDE has area
1 1
× × 4 = 1 cm2;
2 2
(iii) Since F is the midpoint of CD, each of triangles ADF, BCF, BDF has area
1 1
× × 4 = 1 cm2.
2 2
Totally there are 6 such triangles.
Answer: 6
8. A round table has 20 seats. Some seats are occupied such that a new person will
always sit adjacent to someone wherever he is already seated. What is the least
number of seats already occupied?
【Solution】
A sequence of consecutive empty seats is at most of length 2. Thus every 3
consecutive seats is occupied at least once. Since 20 = 3 × 6 + 2 , there are at least
6 + 1 = 7 seats occupied.
Answer: 7
9. Rotate an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle 40 degrees clockwise and
counter-clockwise, as shown in the figure below. How many triangles are there in
the figure?

【Solution】
(i) There are 9 triangles of same size but in different positions as the shaded triangle
in the figure below.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [216]


(ii) There are 9 triangles of same size but in different positions as the shaded triangle
in the figure below.

(iii) There are 9 triangles of same size but in different positions as the shaded triangle
in the figure below.

(iv) There are 3 triangles of same size but in different positions as the shaded triangle
in the figure below.

Totally there are 9 + 9 + 9 + 3 = 30 triangles.


Answer: 30.
10. A rectangle is divided into 12 unit squares such that 10 are white and 2 are black,
as shown in the figure below. To form a centrally symmetric picture by adding
some white squares but no black squares, what is the least number of white
squares needed?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [217]


【Solution】
Since no more black unit squares are added, the
symmetric center of the whole picture is the
symmetric center of the two black unit squares. 4
white unit squares are already symmetric to one Symmetric
another with respect to this center. 6 more white unit center
squares are needed to be symmetric to those 6 alone
white unit squares, as in the figure to the right.
Answer: 6
11. In the figure below, ABCD is a right trapezoid where A B
∠ABC = ∠BCD = 90° , AB = 3 cm, CD = 9 cm.
Points E and F are on CD and BC respectively. If F
BF = 2 cm and AE with EF divides the trapezoid into
three parts with equal area, what is the area, in cm2, of
ABCD?

【Solution】 D E C
In the triangle ADE, the altitude on DE has the same length as BC , and the area of
1
DE × BC 1
triangle ADE is one third of the area of ABCD. Thus 2 = , then
1
( AB + CD) × BC 3
2
1
DE = ( AB + CD ) = 4 cm. Then CE = CD − DE = 5 cm. And the area of ADE is
3
1 1
equal to the area of CEF implies DE × BC = CE × CF , plug in the lengths of DE,
2 2
4 1
CE to get CF = BC . Since BF = BC − CF = BC and BF = 2 cm, BC = 10 cm.
5 5
1 1
Then the area of ABCD is × ( AB + CD) × BC = (3 + 9) × 10 = 60 cm2.
2 2
Answer: 60
12. A factory produces an order of parts. If the output per hour is 4 parts more than
1
the original speed, the time spent is less than the originally estimated time.
10
sachtienganhhanoi.com

1
If the speed is 6 parts less than the original, the time spent is more than the
5
original estimate. How many parts does the factory originally produce per hour?
【Solution 1】
Suppose the original speed is v parts per hour and originally estimated time is t hours.
Then

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [218]


1 1
(v + 4)(1 − )t = (v − 6)(1 + )t
10 5
9 6
(v + 4) = (v − 6)
10 5
45(v + 4) = 60(v − 6)
60v − 45v = 45 × 4 + 60 × 6
15v = 540
v = 36
Thus the original speed is 36 parts per hour.
【Solution 2】
The speed of 4 parts more than original and the speed of 6 parts less than original
have difference 10 parts per hour, while the proportion of their time spent is
1 9
1−
10 = 10 = 3 . Thus the faster speed produces 10 ÷ (1 − 3 ) = 40 parts per hour and
1 6 4 4
1+
5 5
the slower speed produces 40 − 10 = 30 per hour and the original speed is
40 − 4 = 30 + 6 = 36 parts per hour.
【Solution 3】
The proportion of their speed and the proportion of their time spent is inversely
proportional to each other. Suppose the original speed is v parts per hour, then:
v 9
=
v + 4 10
9v + 36 = 10v
v = 36
and
v 6
=
v−6 5
6v − 36 = 5v
v = 36
The original speed is 36 parts per hour. Answer: 36
13. A three-digit number is said to be "lucky" if it is divisible by 6 and by swapping
its last two digits will give a number divisible by 6. How many "lucky" numbers
are there?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

【Solution】
Being divisible by 6 is equivalent to being divisible by both 2 and 3. Thus, the last
two digits of a lucky number is even. A number is divisible by 3 if and only if the
sum of all digits is divisible by 3. The remainder divided by 3 of the first number of
the lucky number is determined by the last two digits. For any remainder, there are
exactly 3 non-zero digits. Thus, the number of all lucky numbers is 5 × 5 × 3 = 75 .
Answer: 75

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [219]


14. There is a sequence of five positive integers. Each number right after the first
term is at least twice the number before it. If the sum of the five numbers is 2018,
what is the least possible value of the last number?
【Solution】
x x x x
Let x be the last number. Then the first four numbers are at most , , and .
16 8 4 2
x x x x 2018 × 16 17
Thus + + + + x ≥ 2018 ,(5 marks) i.e. x ≥ = 1041 , so x is at
16 8 4 2 31 31
least 1042. (5 marks) Taking the five numbers as 65, 130, 260, 521 and 1042
satisfies the requirement of the problem. (5 marks) Hence the least possible value of
the last number is 1042. (5 marks)
Answer: 1042

15. Some chess pieces are put on a 8 × 8 chess board, with at most 1 piece in each
square. After taking all pieces on any chosen 4 rows and 4 columns, there is at
least 1 piece left on the board. Find the least number of pieces originally on the
board.
【Solution】
Suppose the total number of pieces is no more than 12. If there are at least 4 rows
each with chesses more than 1, cover 4 such rows, the remaining pieces is at most
12 − 4 × 2 = 4 , which can be covered by 4 columns, contradiction to that there is at
least one piece left.
If there are less than 4 rows with pieces more than 1, covering 4 rows with the most
pieces will leave all remaining row each contains no more than one piece. The
remaining pieces can be covered by 4 columns, contradiction. (5 marks)
Put 13 pieces in the squares as the picture below will ensure that any 4 rows and 4
columns can not cover all pieces. (5 marks) Noticing that pieces in the upper left
5 × 5 square can not be covered by k rows and 5 − k columns for any k = 1 , 2, 3, 4;
pieces in the lower right 3 × 3 square can be covered only by totally 3
rows(columns). (5 marks)

● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
sachtienganhhanoi.com



It worth mentioning that some construction of 13 pieces arrangement is not correct,

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [220]


such as the examples below, each covered by 4 rows indicated by blue lines and 4
columns indicated by yellow area.

●● ●● ●●
●● ●● ●●
●● ●● ●●
●● ●● ●●
●● ● ●
● ●● ●
● ● ●●
● ● ●

●● ●●
●● ●●
●● ●●
●● ●●
● ●
● ●
●● ●
● ●●
To summarize, the least number of pieces is 13. (5 marks)
Answer: 13

sachtienganhhanoi.com

IMAS : UPPER PRIMARY [221]


International Mathematics Assessments for Schools

2018 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER


Time allowed:75 minutes

When your teacher gives the signal, begin working on the problems.

INSTRUCTION AND INFORMATION


GENERAL
1. Do not open the booklet until told to do so by your teacher.
2. No calculators, slide rules, log tables, math stencils, mobile phones or other
calculating aids are permitted. Scribbling paper, graph paper, ruler and compasses
are permitted, but are not essential.
3. Diagrams are NOT drawn to scale. They are intended only as aids.
4. There are 20 multiple-choice questions, each with 5 choices. Choose the most
reasonable answer. The last 5 questions require whole number answers between
000 and 999 inclusive. The questions generally get harder as you work through the
paper. There is no penalty for an incorrect response.
5. This is a mathematics assessment, not a test; do not expect to answer all questions.
6. Read the instructions on the answer sheet carefully. Ensure your name, school
name and school year are filled in. It is your responsibility that the Answer Sheet
is correctly coded.

THE ANSWER SHEET


1. Use only pencils.
2. Record your answers on the reverse side of the Answer Sheet (not on the question
paper) by FULLY filling in the circles which correspond to your choices.
3. Your Answer Sheet will be read by a machine. The machine will see all markings
sachtienganhhanoi.com

even if they are in the wrong places. So please be careful not to doodle or write
anything extra on the Answer Sheet. If you want to change an answer or remove
any marks, use a plastic eraser and be sure to remove all marks and smudges.

INTEGRITY OF THE COMPETITION


The IMAS reserves the right to re-examine students before deciding whether to
grant official status to their scores.

222
2018 UPPER PRIMARY DIVISION FIRST ROUND PAPER

Questions 1-10, 3 marks each


1 5 3
1. What is the least common denominator of these three fractions: , and ?
4 6 8
(A)12 (B)16 (C)24 (D)48 (E)96

2. What is the largest possible integer that can be placed in the □ below such that
the inequality is satisfied?
9  □  2018
(A)202 (B)212 (C)218 (D)224 (E)230

3. Bob got a score of 94 on foreign language test, and his average score on the
native language and math tests is 97. What is his average score on these three
tests?
(A)94 (B)94.5 (C)95 (D)95.5 (E)96

2
4. If we add 6 to the denominator of , then what number should be added to its
3
numerator such that the value of the fraction remains unchanged?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)5 (D)6 (E)7

5. There are 240 kg of flour in a restaurant, which is planned to be used for 8 days.
After some modifications in the menu recipe, daily consumption of flour is now
reduced by 6 kg. How many days will the stock of flour last?
(A)10 (B)12 (C)16 (D)20 (E)24

6. A train left town A at 8:30 AM some day and arrived at town B at 1:50 AM of the
next day. There is no time difference between the two places. How long did the
train travelled for the trip?
(A)5 hours 20 minutes (B)10 hours 20 minutes (C)15 hours 20 minutes
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(D)16 hours 20 minutes (E)17 hours 20 minutes

7. Three hundred pairs of shoes were shipped to a department store. The shoes were
packed into 2 wooden boxes and 9 carton boxes. Each wooden box contains the
same number of shoes, while each carton box also contains the same number of
shoes. If 3 carton boxes contain the same number of shoes as 1 wooden box, how
many pairs of shoes does each wooden box contain?
(A)24 (B)30 (C)45 (D)60 (E)100

223
UP 2
8. Which of the following statements below is true:
(A)A proper fraction is always less than 1.
(B)An improper fraction is always larger than 1.
(C)A mixed fraction is always larger than an improper fraction.
1 4
(D)The maximum proper fraction with fractional unit is .
4 4
5
(E)There are only 4 proper fractions less than .
6

9. The fraction below each figure indicates the ratio of the area of the shaded region
compared to the area of the whole figure. Which of the following options is
always correct?
(A)Circle (B)Trapezoid (C)Triangle

1 1 2
2 2 3
(D)Rectangle (E)Parallelogram

1 1
2 4
10. Mike placed 4 identical squares, each with side length 5 cm and are
non-overlapping, to form a new figure as shown below. Find the perimeter, in cm,
of this new figure.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)15 (B)20 (C)30 (D)45 (E)50

224
UP 3

Questions 11-20, 4 marks each


11. When dividing, Mike mistakenly wrote 54 instead of 45. The resulting quotient is
now 18 with remainder 18. What should be the correct quotient?
(A)15 (B)18 (C)22 (D)24 (E)28

12. The figure below shows a statistical pie chart of the number of History, Math and
Science books in the library of Sun Light Elementary School. It is known the
total number of books of these three subjects is 1200. How many more History
Books are there than Science Books?

25%
Science 45%
30% History
Math

(A)300 (B)240 (C)180 (D)120 (E)60

13. Cut a right cylinder starting from the diameter of its top face along an up and
down direction, such that it is divided into two identical pieces. The cross section
is a square. How many times of height of the cylinder is the circumference of its
top face?(Use   3.14 )
(A)1 (B)1.5 (C)1.57 (D)3.14 (E)6.28

14. Two sectors are located in a circle as shown in the figure below. The first sector
has a central angle 30° and has an area of 37.68 cm2, while the second sector has
an area of 56.52 cm2. Find the measure, in degrees, of the central angle of the
second sector. (Use   3.14 )
sachtienganhhanoi.com

30

(A)36 (B)40 (C)45 (D)50 (E)60

225
UP 4
15. A palindrome number is a positive integer that is the same when read forwards or
backwards. The numbers 909 and 1221 are examples of palindromes. How many
three-digit palindrome numbers are divisible by 9?
(A)10 (B)12 (C)15 (D)20 (E)24

16. The table below shows an attendance sheet (which is incompletely filled-out) of
a company on Oct. 30.

Employees Total number


Employees on Duty Percentage
Department of Employees
Department 1 150 96%
Department 2
Total 234 97.5%
What is the total number of employees in Department 2 on Oct. 30?
(A)90 (B)100 (C)144 (D)150 (E)160

17. When some three-digit number is divided by 37, it gives a result of quotient a
with remainder b, where a and b are non-negative integers. What is the maximum
possible value of a  b ?
(A)60 (B)62 (C)64 (D)66 (E)68

18. The side lengths of a right triangle are 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm, respectively. A
quarter-circle is placed inside this triangle and touches the hypotenuse, as shown
in the figure below. What is the area, in cm2, of the shaded region?
(   3.14 , round-off to one decimal place)

sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)0.5 (B)1.5 (C)2.5 (D)3 (E)4.5

19. The greatest common divisor of n and 24 is 2, while the greatest common divisor
of n  1 and 24 is 3. Which of the following numbers cannot be n?
(A)2 (B)14 (C)20 (D)38 (E)50

226
UP 5
20. In the figure below, six identical squares are used to form a 3  2 rectangle,
wherein the diagonals of five of these squares are drawn. How many right
isosceles triangles are there in the figure?

(A)20 (B)48 (C)51 (D)52 (E)53

Questions 21-25, 6 marks each


21. Mike constructs a sequence in the following way: the first two terms are 1 and 2.
Starting from the third term, each term is the smallest possible integer that is not
relatively prime to the previous term and has not yet appeared in any of the
previous terms. Find the 20th term of this sequence.

22. Shade 3 unit squares on the 3  3 grid below, such that there must be two shaded
squares in some row and two shaded squares in some column but it must not
have three shaded squares in any row or column. Find the total number of ways
in shading the figure.

23. Three robots are programmed to count numbers. Robot A starts with the number
20 and it counts by increasing the number by 11 every second. Robot B starts
with the number 2018 and it counts by decreasing the number by 100 every
sachtienganhhanoi.com

second. Robot C starts with some number and it counts by decreasing the number
by 1 for the 1st second, 2 for the 2nd second, 3 for the 3rd second and so on. If all
three Robots started counting at the same time, and after some time, all of them
got the same number, then what is the number that Robot C starts with?

227
UP 6
24. Two squares having the same center are shown in the figure below. The larger
square has a side length of 20 cm. The smaller square rotates around its center.
During the rotation, it is known that the minimum distance between the vertices
of the smaller square and the sides of the larger square is 4 cm. What is the area,
in cm2, of the smaller square?

25. Cut the 7  7 square table below into rectangles along grid lines such that no
two rectangles are identical. What is the maximum number of rectangles one can
get? (Note: A square is considered a rectangle.)

*** sachtienganhhanoi.com

228
229
sachtienganhhanoi.com
Solution to
Seventh International Mathematics Assessment for Schools
Round 1 of Upper Primary Division
1 5 3
1. What is the least common denominator of these three fractions: , and ?
4 6 8
(A)12 (B)16 (C)24 (D)48 (E)96
【Solution】
Least common multiple of three denominators 4, 6 and 8 is 24. The three fractions are
6 20 9
respectively expanded to , and . Hence (C).
24 24 24
Answer:(C)
2. What is the largest possible integer that can be placed in the □ below such that
the inequality is satisfied?
9  □  2018
(A)202 (B)212 (C)218 (D)224 (E)230
【Solution】
2018 2
□  224 , the largest integer is 224. Hence (D).
9 9
Answer:(D)
3. Bob got a score of 94 on foreign language test, and his average score on the
native language and math tests is 97. What is his average score on these three
tests?
(A)94 (B)94.5 (C)95 (D)95.5 (E)96
【Solution 1】
His total score of native language and math is 97  2  194 , and total score of three
subjects is 194  94  288 , so the average of three is 288  3  96 . Hence (E).
【Solution 2】
Since the average score on native language and math is 97 and the score for foreign
language is 94, the scores on native language and math are totally (97  94)  2  6
more than the score for foreign language. Thus the average score of the three tests is
6  3  2 more than the score for foreign language, i.e. the average score of the three
tests is 94  2  96 . Hence (E).
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:(E)
2
4. If we add 6 to the denominator of , then what number should be added to its
3
numerator such that the value of the fraction remains unchanged?
(A)3 (B)4 (C)5 (D)6 (E)7
【Solution 1】
2 6 24
  . Hence (B).
3 9 36

230
【Solution 2】
The denominator is 1.5 times of numerator in the original fraction, in order to remain
its value, when we add 6 to the denominator, should add 6 1.5  4 to its numerator.
Hence (B).
Answer:(B)
5. There are 240 kg of flour in a restaurant, which is planned to be used for 8 days.
After some modifications in the menu recipe, daily consumption of flour is now
reduced by 6 kg. How many days will the stock of flour last?
(A)10 (B)12 (C)16 (D)20 (E)24
【Solution】
Original daily consummation is 240  8  30 kg. After changing the recipe, the daily
consummation is 30  6  24 kg. The flour will be used for 240  24  10 days.
Hence (A).
Answer:(A)
6. A train left town A at 8:30 AM some day and arrived at town B at 1:50 AM of the
next day. There is no time difference between the two places. How long did the
train travelled for the trip?
(A)5 hours 20 minutes (B)10 hours 20 minutes (C)15 hours 20 minutes
(D)16 hours 20 minutes (E)17 hours 20 minutes
【Solution】
The train used 15 hours 30 minutes on the first day; and 1 hours 50 minutes on the
next day. The total time is 17 hours 20 minutes. Hence (E).
Answer:(E)
7. Three hundred pairs of shoes were shipped to a department store. The shoes were
packed into 2 wooden boxes and 9 carton boxes. Each wooden box contains the
same number of shoes, while each carton box also contains the same number of
shoes. If 3 carton boxes contain the same number of shoes as 1 wooden box, how
many pairs of shoes does each wooden box contain?
(A)24 (B)30 (C)45 (D)60 (E)100
【Solution】
Since 3 carton boxes have the same volume as one wood box, 9 carton boxes are
equivalent to 9  3  3 wood boxes. 300 pair of shoes were equivalently put into
2  3  5 wood boxes, each one contains 300  5  60 pairs. Hence (D).
Answer:(D)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

8. Which of the following statements below is true:


(A)A proper fraction is always less than 1.
(B)An improper fraction is always larger than 1.
(C)A mixed fraction is always larger than an improper fraction.
1 4
(D)The maximum proper fraction with fractional unit is .
4 4
5
(E)There are only 4 proper fractions less than .
6

231
【Solution】
The numerator of a proper fraction is always less than the denominator, (A) is true;
4
An improper fraction can be equal to 1, for example , (B) is false;
4
1 21
A mixed fraction can be equal to an improper fraction, for example 5  , (C) is
4 4
false;
4
is not a proper fraction, (D) is false;
4
5
There are infinitely many proper fractions less than , (E) is false.
6
Hence (A).
Answer:(A)
9. The fraction below each figure indicates the ratio of the area of the shaded region
compared to the area of the whole figure. Which of the following options is
always correct?
(A)Circle (B)Trapezoid (C)Triangle

1 1 2
2 2 3

(D)Rectangle (E)Parallelogram

1 1
2 4
sachtienganhhanoi.com

【Solution】
The diagonal of a rectangle equally divides its area, only (D) is guaranteed corrected.
Conditions in other options are insufficient. Hence (D).
Answer:(D)

232
10. Mike placed 4 identical squares, each with side length 5 cm and are
non-overlapping, to form a new figure as shown below. Find the perimeter, in cm,
of this new figure.

(A)15 (B)20 (C)30 (D)45 (E)50


【Solution】
The figure can be cut into three regions as below.

The left and right part must be covered by one square each and the middle region is
covered by two. The region has the same length of circumference as the minimum
rectangles covering it, which is 5  3  15 cm wide and 5  2  10 cm high. The
circumference is (15  10)  2  50 cm. Hence (E).
A B

D C
Answer:(E)
sachtienganhhanoi.com

11. When dividing, Mike mistakenly wrote 54 instead of 45. The resulting quotient is
now 18 with remainder 18. What should be the correct quotient?
(A)15 (B)18 (C)22 (D)24 (E)28
【Solution】
The dividend is 54 18  18  990 , the correct quotient is then 990  45  22 .
Hence (C).
Answer:(C)

233
12. The figure below shows a statistical pie chart of the number of History, Math and
Science books in the library of Sun Light Elementary School. It is known the
total number of books of these three subjects is 1200. How many more History
Books are there than Science Books?

25%
Science 45%
30% History
Math

(A)300 (B)240 (C)180 (D)120 (E)60


【Solution】
There are 1200  (45%  25%)  240 more history books. Hence (B).
Answer:(B)
13. Cut a right cylinder starting from the diameter of its top face along an up and
down direction, such that it is divided into two identical pieces. The cross section
is a square. How many times of height of the cylinder is the circumference of its
top face?(Use   3.14 )
(A)1 (B)1.5 (C)1.57 (D)3.14 (E)6.28
【Solution】
Diameter of the top face is equal to the height. The multiple is   3.14 . Hence (D).
Answer:(D)
14. Two sectors are located in a circle as shown in the figure below. The first sector
has a central angle 30° and has an area of 37.68 cm2, while the second sector has
an area of 56.52 cm2. Find the measure, in degrees, of the central angle of the
second sector. (Use   3.14 )

30

?
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)36 (B)40 (C)45 (D)50 (E)60


【Solution 1】
Assume the radius of the circle is r. Then the area of the first sector is
30 r 2
 37.68 cm2, i.e. r  12 . So the central angle of the second sector is
360
56.52
 360  45 from its area. Hence (C).
122 

234
【Solution 2】
56.52
Area of the second sector is  1.5 times of the first, so the central angle is also
37.68
1.5 times of the first, which is 1.5  30  45 . Hence (C).
Answer:(C)
15. A palindrome number is a positive integer that is the same when read forwards or
backwards. The numbers 909 and 1221 are examples of palindromes. How many
three-digit palindrome numbers are divisible by 9?
(A)10 (B)12 (C)15 (D)20 (E)24
【Solution 1】
Suppose the palindrome number divisible by 9 is aba , where 1  a  9 , 0  b  9 . A
number is divisible by 9 if and only if sum of its digits is divisible by 9, vice versa.
Then a  b  a  2a  b is divisible by 9.
When 2a  b  27 , we have only 999.
When 2a  b  18 , we have 585, 666, 747, 828, 909.
When 2a  b  9 , we have 171, 252, 333, 414.
There are totally 1  5  4  10 of them. Hence (A).
【Solution 2】
Suppose the palindrome number divisible by 9 is aba , where 1  a  9 , 0  b  9 . A
number is divisible by 9 if and only if sum of its digits is divisible by 9, vice versa.
When a  1 , we have only 171.
When a  2 , we have only 252.
When a  3 , we have only 333.
When a  4 , we have only 414.
When a  5 , we have only 585.
When a  6 , we have only 666.
When a  7 , we have only 747.
When a  8 , we have only 828.
When a  9 , we have 909、999.
There are totally 10 of them. Hence (A).
Answer:(A)
16. The table below shows an attendance sheet (which is incompletely filled-out) of
a company on Oct. 30.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Employees Total number


Employees on Duty Percentage
Department of Employees
Department 1 150 96%
Department 2
Total 234 97.5%
What is the total number of employees in Department 2 on Oct. 30?
(A)90 (B)100 (C)144 (D)150 (E)160

235
【Solution】
Gross number of two departments is 234  97.5%  240 , so Department 2 has
240  150  90 employees. Hence (A).
Answer:(A)
17. When some three-digit number is divided by 37, it gives a result of quotient a
with remainder b, where a and b are non-negative integers. What is the maximum
possible value of a  b ?
(A)60 (B)62 (C)64 (D)66 (E)68
【Solution】
Maximum of b is 36. Since 999  37  27 , 998  37  26  36 , maximum of a  b
is 26  36  62 . Hence (B).
Answer:(B)
18. The side lengths of a right triangle are 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm, respectively. A
quarter-circle is placed inside this triangle and touches the hypotenuse, as shown
in the figure below. What is the area, in cm2, of the shaded region?
(   3.14 , round-off to one decimal place)

(A)0.5 (B)1.5 (C)2.5 (D)3 (E)4.5


【Solution】
3  4 12
Radius of the sector is equal to the altitude on the hypotenuse, which is  cm.
5 5
1 1
The shaded area is then  3  4     2.42  1.5 cm2. Hence (B).
2 4
Answer:(B)
19. The greatest common divisor of n and 24 is 2, while the greatest common divisor
of n  1 and 24 is 3. Which of the following numbers cannot be n?
(A)2 (B)14 (C)20 (D)38 (E)50
【Solution】
sachtienganhhanoi.com

It is known that n is divisible by 2 but not by 4, only (C) satisfies. Plug in other
values to check that the conditions are satisfied. Hence (C).
Answer:(C)
20. In the figure below, six identical squares are used to form a
3  2 rectangle, wherein the diagonals of five of these squares
are drawn. How many right isosceles triangles are there in the
figure?
(A)20 (B)48 (C)51 (D)52 (E)53

236
【Solution】
Enumerate the number of right isosceles triangles of different 5 sizes:
(i) The smallest one

Such triangles appear 4 times in each of the five non-empty squares, totally 20;
(ii) Triangles combined by two smallest ones.

Such triangles appear 4 times in each of the five non-empty squares, totally 20;
(iii) Triangles combined by 4 smallest ones.

Such triangles appear in the rectangle combined by adjacent non-empty squares,


each such rectangle contains 4. There totally 4 pairs of adjacent non-empty
squares. There are 4  2  8 triangles of this size.
(iv) Triangle of area 8 times that of the smallest one.

There are four such triangles as above.


(iv) Triangle of area 9 times that of the smallest one.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

There is only one of such.


Totally there are 20  20  8  4  1  53 isosceles right triangles. Hence (E).
Answer:(E)
21. Mike constructs a sequence in the following way: the first two terms are 1 and 2.
Starting from the third term, each term is the smallest possible integer that is not
relatively prime to the previous term and has not yet appeared in any of the
previous terms. Find the 20th term of this sequence.
【Solution】

237
Write down the terms one by one as:
1, 2, 4, 6, 3, 9, 12, 8, 10, 5,
15, 18, 14, 7, 21, 24, 16, 20, 22, 11,
33, ….
th
The 20 term is 11.
Answer:011
22. Shade 3 unit squares on the 3  3 grid below, such that there must be two shaded
squares in some row and two shaded squares in some column but it must not
have three shaded squares in any row or column. Find the total number of ways
in shading the figure.

【Solution】
There is one black square (say A); one black square (say B) on the same row as A;
one black square (say C) on the same column as A. All other squares are white. A is
special since it is the only black square with black square one its same row and with
black square on its same column. B is special since it is the only square on the same
row as A. C is special since it is the only square on the same column as A. There are
9 ways of choosing A; 2 ways of choosing B; 2 ways of choosing C. By the principle
of multiplication, there are 9  2  2  36 ways of coloring.
Answer:036
23. Three robots are programmed to count numbers. Robot A starts with the number
20 and it counts by increasing the number by 11 every second. Robot B starts
with the number 2018 and it counts by decreasing the number by 100 every
second. Robot C starts with some number and it counts by decreasing the number
by 1 for the 1st second, 2 for the 2nd second, 3 for the 3rd second and so on. If all
three Robots started counting at the same time, and after some time, all of them
got the same number, then what is the number that Robot C starts with?
【Solution】
It takes (2018  20)  (100  11)  18 seconds for robot A and B to get the same
number. This number is 2018  18 100  218 . In 18 seconds, robot C decreases its
sachtienganhhanoi.com

number by 1  2  3   18  171 . Robot C starts with 218  171  389 .


Answer:389
24. Two squares having the same center are shown in the figure
below. The larger square has a side length of 20 cm. The
smaller square rotates around its center. During the rotation, it
is known that the minimum distance between the vertices of
the smaller square and the sides of the larger square is 4 cm.
What is the area, in cm2, of the smaller square?

238
【Solution】
The locus of the vertices of the small square is on a circle of
diameter the same as diagonal of the small square, as in the
figure. Diagonal of the small square is then 20  4  2  12 cm.
12  12
Area of the small square is  72 cm2.
2

Answer:072
25. Cut the 7  7 square table below into rectangles along grid lines such that no
two rectangles are identical. What is the maximum number of rectangles one can
get? (Note: A square is considered a rectangle.)

【Solution】
For more rectangles, the rectangles we get need to be as small in area as possible.
There one rectangle of area 1, 2 or 3; two rectangles of area 4( 1 4 and 2  2 ); one of
area 5; two of area 6( 1 6 and 2  3 ); one of area 7 (1 7 ); two of area 8 (1 8 and
2  4 ). These are the first 11 rectangles of smallest area. Since
1  2  3  4  4  5  6  6  7  8  46  7  7  49 ,
7  7  49  1  2  3  4  4  5  6  6  7  8  8  54 ,
It shows that there are at most 10 different rectangles. The figure below shows an
example:
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:010

239
8th International Mathematics Assessments for Schools
(2018-2019)

Upper Primary Division Round 2


Time: 120 minutes

Printed Name: Code: Score:

Instructions:
 Do not open the contest booklet until you are told to do so.
 Be sure that your name and code are written on the space provided above.
 Round 2 of IMAS is composed of three parts; the total score is 100 marks.
 Questions 1 to 5 are given as a multiple-choice test. Each question has five
possible options marked as A, B, C, D and E. Only one of these options is correct.
After making your choice, fill in the appropriate letter in the space provided. Each
correct answer is worth 4 marks. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
 Questions 6 to 13 are a short answer test. Only Arabic numerals are accepted;
using other written text will not be honored or credited. Some questions have more
than one answer, as such all answers are required to be written down in the space
provided to obtain full marks. Each correct answer is worth 5 marks. There is no
penalty for incorrect answers.
 Questions 14 and 15 require a detailed solution or process in which 20 marks are
to be awarded to a completely written solution. Partial marks may be given to an
incomplete presentation. There is no penalty for an incorrect answer.
 Use of electronic computing devices is not allowed.
 Only pencil, blue or black ball-pens may be used to write your solution or answer.
 Diagrams are not drawn to scale. They are intended as aids only.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

 After the contest the invigilator will collect the contest paper.
The following area is to be filled in by the judges;
the contestants are not supposed to mark anything here.
Total
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Score Signature

Score

Score

240
241
sachtienganhhanoi.com
Upper Primary Division Round 2

Questions 1 to 5, 4 marks each

1. How many different prime divisors does


(2019 − 2018) × (2019 − 2017) × L × (2019 − 2012) × (2019 − 2011) have?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)8

Answer:

2. Four students went mountain climbing together. They spent $50 in total on bus
fare. While at the mountain top, each of them spent $5 on beverages. What is the
average expense for each student?
(A)$12.5 (B)$13.75 (C)$17.5 (D)$30 (E)$55

Answer:

3. In the figure below, the side length of the square ABCD is 8 cm and the radius of
the sector AEF is 3 cm. What is the area, in cm2, of the shaded region? (Take π as
3.14, and round off to TWO decimal places)
A F D

B C

(A)16.94 (B)19.38 (C)24.38 (D)26.94 (E)31.07


sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:

242
UP 2
4. In the figure below, a circular cone and a cube are shown. If a solid shape is
formed by attaching the two shapes together, what is the least surface area, in
cm2, of the resulting shape? (Take π as 3.14,, and round off to ONE decimal
place)

10 cm

5 cm
12 cm

(A)785.5 (B)942.5 (C)1000.5 (D)1021.0 (E)1099.5

Answer:

5. Given four distinct non-zero digits a, b, c and d, if ab + cd = dc + ba , then this


expression is called a palindrome expression and the sum of the two numbers
ab + cd is called a palindrome sum. For example, 53 + 46 = 64 + 35 = 99 . What
is the minimum possible value of a palindrome sum?
(A)22 (B)33 (C)44 (D)55 (E)99

Answer:

Questions 6 to 13, 5 marks each


6. There are a total of 40 students in a class. 23 of them are able to ride bikes, 33 of
them are able to swim and 5 of them are unable to do either. How many students
in this class are able to ride bikes but are not able to swim?
Answer: students
sachtienganhhanoi.com

7. One day, Adam drove from Town A to Town B at a speed of 60 km/h. After an
hour, the car stopped because of a breakdown, and because of this, Adam
immediately called Bob for help. Bob then drove from A along the same route at
a speed of 80 km/h. When Bob met Adam, he towed Adam’s car to B, at a speed
of 40 km/h. The distance between A and B is 180 km. How long did Adam spend
travelling for the whole trip?
Answer: hours

243
UP 3
8. How many different prime numbers a’s are there such that a + 20 and a + 40
are also prime numbers?
Answer:

9. Four identical chess pieces are to be placed into a 4 × 4 chess board that is
colored black and white alternately, as shown in the figure below. You can place
at most one chess piece on each square. All chess pieces must be placed in
squares of the same color and no two pieces are on the same row or on the same
column. In how many different ways can the chess pieces be placed?

Answer: ways

10. The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are written on the six faces of a unit cube without
repetition. Each face contains one number and the sum of the numbers in every
two opposite faces is 7. Put four such cubes side by side as shown in the figure
below, such that sum of every two numbers of every two touched faces is 8. Find
the number marked with “?” in the figure.
5

1 ?

Answer:

11. In the figure below, the side lengths of squares ABCD and BEFG are 6 cm and 4
cm respectively and triangle DFP is an isosceles right triangle. What is the area,
in cm2, of triangle DFP?
P
sachtienganhhanoi.com

C
D
G F

A B E Answer: cm2

244
UP 4
12. A mouse starts from the top left-most unit square marked with “I”, follows a route
to form the word “IMAS2019” by moving from one square to another square that
share a common side. How many different routes of eight squares are there?
I M A S
M A S 2 0
A S 2 0 1
S 2 0 1 9
0 1 9
Answer: routes

13. If a and b are positive integers such that 1 ≤ a < b ≤ 60 and a × b is divisible by
5. How many different ordered pairs of (a, b) are there?
Answer: pairs

Questions 14 to 15, 20 marks each


(Detailed solutions are needed for these two problems)
14. In the figure, ABCD is a trapezoid, with side AD that is parallel to BC, diagonals
AC and BD intersect at point O, and line OE is parallel to BC and intersects CD
at point E. Now, extend OE to point F such that OE = EF . If AD = 6 cm,
BC = 10 cm and the area of trapezoid ABCD is 64 cm2, what is the area, in cm2,
of triangle ABF?
A D

O F
E

B C
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: cm2

245
UP 5
15. A robot can generate a set of digit codes according to user’s reasonable
instructions. Wayne gives out the following commands:
(1) Each code is a three-digit number (nonzero for the left-most digit).
(2) Every two codes in the set have identical digits at no more than one
corresponding positions.
Find the maximum number of codes in a set the robot can generate.

sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer: codes

246
247
sachtienganhhanoi.com
Solution Key to Second Round of IMAS 2018/2019
Upper Primary Division
1. How many different prime divisors does
(2019 − 2018) × (2019 − 2017) × L × (2019 − 2012) × (2019 − 2011) have?
(A)2 (B)3 (C)4 (D)5 (E)8
【Solution】
(2019 − 2018) × (2019 − 2017) × L × (2019 − 2012) × (2019 − 2011)
= 1× 2 × 3 × 4 × 5 × 6 × 7 × 8
= 2 × 3 × (2 × 2) × 5 × (2 × 3) × 7 × (2 × 2 × 2 × 2)
There are 4 different divisors 2, 3, 5, 7. Hence (C).
Answer:(C)
2. Four students went mountain climbing together. They spent $50 in total on bus
fare. While at the mountain top, each of them spent $5 on beverages. What is the
average expense for each student?
(A)$12.5 (B)$13.75 (C)$17.5 (D)$30 (E)$55
【Solution 1】
Totally they spent $50 + 5 × 4 = 70 , so on average each spent $ 70 ÷ 4 = 17.5 .
【Solution 2】
Average bus fare is $50 ÷ 4 = 12.5 , so on average each spent $12.5 + 5 = 17.5 in total.
Hence (C).
Answer:(C)
3. In the figure below, the side length of the square ABCD is 8 cm and the radius of
the sector AEF is 3 cm. What is the area, in cm2, of the shaded region? (Take π as
3.14, and round off to TWO decimal places)
A F D

B C
sachtienganhhanoi.com

(A)16.94 (B)19.38 (C)24.38 (D)26.94 (E)31.07


【Solution】
As in the figure, the area of the shaded area equals area of the square minus area of
the sector and two right triangles. Since BE = 8 − 3 = 5 cm. Thus the shaded area is
1 1
8 × 8 − × 3.14 × 32 − 2 × × 8 × 5 ≈ 16.94 cm2. Hence (A).
4 2
Answer:(A)

248
4. In the figure below, a circular cone and a cube are shown. If a solid shape is
formed by attaching the two shapes together, what is the least surface area, in
cm2, of the resulting shape? (Take π as 3.14,, and round off to ONE decimal
place)

10 cm

5 cm
12 cm
(A)785.5 (B)942.5 (C)1000.5 (D)1021.0 (E)1099.5
【Solution】
To make the surface area as small as possible, the overlapping area should be as large
as possible. For the circular cone, if the side is glued with the cube, the total surface
area is not reduced. Hence the bottom of the cone should be glued to the cube. Since
the diameter of the bottom of the cone is 5 × 2 = 10 cm, but side length of the cube is
12 cm, which is larger, the whole bottom face of the cone can be glued to part of a
face of the cube. The total surface area of the resulted shape is at least
1
12 × 12 × 6 + × 3.14 × 5 × 2 × 10 − 3.14 × 5 × 5 = 942.5 cm2. Hence (B).
2
Answer:(B)
5. Given four distinct non-zero digits a, b, c and d, if ab + cd = dc + ba , then this
expression is called a palindrome expression and the sum of the two numbers
ab + cd is called a palindrome sum. For example, 53 + 46 = 64 + 35 = 99 . What
is the minimum possible value of a palindrome sum?
(A)22 (B)33 (C)44 (D)55 (E)99
【Solution】
Since ab + cd = dc + ba , it is known that 10(a + c) + (b + d ) = 10(b + d ) + (a + c) ,
thus a + c = b + d . The least number that can be represented as the sum of two
different positive numbers in two different ways is 5 = 1 + 4 = 2 + 3 , thus the least
palindrome sum is 55, for example, 12 + 43 = 34 + 21 = 55 . Hence (D).
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Answer:(D)
6. There are a total of 40 students in a class. 23 of them are able to ride bikes, 33 of
them are able to swim and 5 of them are unable to do either. How many students
in this class are able to ride bikes but are not able to swim?
【Solution】
The number of students who are able to do at least one sport is 40 − 5 = 35 . Then the
number of students who can do both sports is 23 + 33 − 35 = 21 . The number of
students who can ride but not swim is then 23 − 21 = 2 students.
Answer:2 students

249
7. One day, Adam drove from Town A to Town B at a speed of 60 km/h. After an
hour, the car stopped because of a breakdown, and because of this, Adam
immediately called Bob for help. Bob then drove from A along the same route at
a speed of 80 km/h. When Bob met Adam, he towed Adam’s car to B, at a speed
of 40 km/h. The distance between A and B is 180 km. How long did Adam spend
travelling for the whole trip?
【Solution】
3
It took Bob 60 ÷ 80 = hours to arrive at the place where Adam stopped. Then it
4
took (180 − 60 × 1) ÷ 40 = 3 hours for both cars to arrive at B. In total, it took Adam
3 3
1 + + 3 = 4 = 4.75 hours from A to B.
4 4
3
Answer: 4 = 4.75 hours
4
8. How many different prime numbers a are there such that a + 20 and a + 40
are also prime numbers?
【Solution 1】
Since 20 and 40 are both even numbers and a + 20 and a + 40 are primes, a ≠ 2 .
Since the remainder of 20 divided by 3 is 2, the remainder of a divided by 3 can not
be 1, otherwise a + 20 is divisible by 3 and hence it is a composite number. This is a
contradiction. Similarly, the remainder of a divided by 3 can not be 2, otherwise
a + 40 is a composite number. This is also a contradiction. So a is divisible by 3 and
prime, which must be a = 3 , there is one possible value of a.
【Solution 2】
Regardless of the value of a, one of the three numbers a, a + 20, and a + 40 must be
divisible by 3. From the given information, we known that a is a prime number, and
a + 20 and a + 40 are also prime numbers. Therefore, a must be divisible by 3 and a
prime number, it follows only a = 3, that is, there is one possible value of a.
Answer:1
9. Four identical chess pieces are to be placed into a 4 × 4 chess
board that is colored black and white alternately, as shown in
the figure below. You can place at most one chess piece on
each square. All chess pieces must be placed in squares of the
same color and no two pieces are on the same row or on the
sachtienganhhanoi.com

same column. In how many different ways can the chess


pieces be placed?
【Solution】
If all pieces were placed into black squares, there are two ways to put the pieces on
the first and the third row, two ways to put the pieces on the second and the fourth
row, totally there are 4 ways. Similarly, there are 4 ways to place all pieces into white
squares. Hence there are 8 ways in total.
Answer:8 ways

250
10. The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are written on the six faces of a unit cube without
repetition. Each face contains one number and the sum of the numbers in every
two opposite faces is 7. Put four such cubes side by side as shown in the figure
below, such that sum of every two numbers of every two touched faces is 8. Find
the number marked with “?” in the figure.
5

1
【Solution】
Since sum of numbers on opposite faces is 7, then 1 is opposite to 6, and 2 is opposite
to 5, and 3 is opposite to 4. The right face of the first cube has number 3 or 4.
If it is 3, the left face of the second cube has number 5, right face has number 2, left
face of the third cube has number 6, right face has 1, left face of the fourth cube has
number 7, which is a contradiction.
If it is 4, the left face of the second cube has number 4, right face has number 3, left
face of the third cube has number 5, right face has 2, left face of the fourth cube has
number 6, right face has number 1, which is the place with mark “?”.
Answer:1
11. In the figure below, the side lengths of squares P
ABCD and BEFG are 6 cm and 4 cm respectively
and triangle DFP is an isosceles right triangle.
What is the area, in cm2, of triangle DFP? C
D
G F

A B E
【Solution】
Extend FG to intersect AD at point Q. Then triangle DQF is a right triangle, and
DQ = 6 − 4 = 2 cm, QF = 6 + 4 = 10 cm.
P

C
D
sachtienganhhanoi.com

Q F
G

A B E
By Pythagorean theorem DP 2 + PF 2 = DF 2 = DQ 2 + QF 2 = 22 + 102 = 104 . Since
1 1
DP = PF , then DP 2 = 52 . Area of triangle DFP is × DP × PF = × DP 2 = 26 cm2.
2 2
Answer:26 cm2

251
12. A mouse starts from the top left-most unit square marked with “I”, follows a route
to form the word “IMAS2019” by moving from one square to another square that
share a common side. How many different routes of eight squares are there?
I M A S
M A S 2 0
A S 2 0 1
S 2 0 1 9
0 1 9
【Solution】
In the following table, each square is filled with the number of routes reaching it. The
number can be derived by recursion: each square is filled with sum of the numbers in
adjacent squares with previous marks. From the table, it shows that the number of
different routes with length eight is 34 + 34 = 68 .
1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 4
1 3 6 10 14
1 4 10 20 34
4 14 34
Answer: 68 routes
13. If a and b are positive integers such that 1 ≤ a < b ≤ 60 and a × b is divisible by
5. How many different ordered pairs of (a, b) are there?
【Solution】
Among positive integers less than or equal to 60, there are 12 numbers of them that
are divisible by 5 and 48 numbers that are not. If both a and b are divisible by 5, one
12 × 11
needs to choose 2 numbers among 12, so there are = 66 pairs. If only one of
2
a, b is divisible by 5, and another is not divisible by 5, there are 12 × 48 = 576 such
pairs. In total, there are 66 + 576 = 642 pairs.
Answer:642 pairs
14. In the figure, ABCD is a trapezoid, with side A D
AD that is parallel to BC, diagonals AC and
sachtienganhhanoi.com

BD intersect at point O, and line OE is


parallel to BC and intersects CD at point E. O F
Now, extend OE to point F such that E
OE = EF . If AD = 6 cm, BC = 10 cm and
the area of trapezoid ABCD is 64 cm2, what is
the area, in cm2, of triangle ABF?
B C

252
【Solution 1】 A D

O F
E

B C
Connect DF and CF, by properties of parallel lines one knows that S△AOF = S△DOF ,
S△BOF = S△COF , then S AOBF = S DOCF . E is midpoint of OF, then S△DOC = S△DCF , and
S DOCF = 2S△DOC . (5 points)
S S AD 6 3 3
Since △ACD = △ABD = = = , S△ABD = S ABCD = 24 cm2. (5 points)
S△ABC S△BCD BC 10 5 5+3
DO AD 6 3
Since triangle DOA and triangle BOC are similar, we have = = = .
OB BC 10 5
DO S△ACD 3 S DO 3
(Or by common side theorem, = = , then △ADO = = .)
OB S△ABC 5 S△ABO OB 5
5
Hence S△ABO = S△ABD = 15 cm2. (5 points)
3+5
As AD is parallel to BC, S△ABD = S△ACD , subtract S△AOD on both sides one has
S△ABO = S△DOC .
Hence S△ABF = S△ABO + S AOBF = S△ABO + S DOCF = S△ABO + 2S△DOC = 3S△ABO = 45 cm2.
(5 points)
【Solution 2】
As AD is parallel to BC, triangle AOD and COB are similar. Thus we have
DO AO AD 6 3 S△AOD AD 2 6 9
= = = = and = 2
= ( )2 = . (5 points)
OB OC BC 10 5 S△COB BC 10 25
Let the area of triangle AOD be 9x, then the area of triangle COB would be 25x. Then
5
the areas of triangle AOB and COD are both 9 x × = 15 x . So the area of trapezoid
3
ABCD is 9 x + 25 x + 15 x + 15 x = 64 x , i.e. x = 1 .Thus the areas of triangle AOB and
sachtienganhhanoi.com

COD are both 15 cm2 . (5 points)


Now, connect AE and BE. Since OE = EF , the areas A D
of triangles DOE, AOE and AEF are all equal by the
property of parallel lines. Thus the area of triangle
AOF is twice of the area of triangle DOE. Similarly, O F
E
the areas of triangles COE, BOE and BEF are all
equal. Thus the area of triangle BOF is twice of the
area of triangle COE. (5 points)

B C

253
Observe that the area of triangle ABF is equal to the sum of areas of triangle ABO,
AOF and BOF, which is 15 + 2 × ( S△DOE + S△COE ) = 15 + 2 × 15 = 45 cm2. (5 points)
Answer: 45 cm2
15. A robot can generate a set of digit codes according to user’s reasonable
instructions. Wayne gives out the following commands:
(1) Each code is a three-digit number (nonzero for the left-most digit).
(2) Every two codes in the set have identical digits at no more than one
corresponding positions.
Find the maximum number of codes in a set the robot can generate.
【Solution 1】
From the given information, any two codes are different in at least two digits. Hence,
the number of codes cannot exceed 90. Since, the hundred-digit can only be 9 digits
from 1 to 9, the ten-digit can be 10 possible digits from 0 to 9, so the first two digits
in the 3-digit code number can form a total of 9 × 10 = 90 different two digits. If the
total number of codes is more than 90, then by pigeon-hole principle, at least two
codes have the same hundred-digit and the same ten-digit, which is a contradiction!
(5 points)
Construct 90 codes as follows: the first two digits take 10 to 99, once for each; the
third digit equals the last digit of sum of first two digits. (5 points)
Next, we show that such set of codes satisfies the command. For any code abd ,
a + b − d is divisible by 10, thus each of a, b, d is determined by the other two. If
two codes have identical digits at two corresponding places, their digits at the third
place are also the same, showing that they are the same code. Thus every two codes
have identical digits at no more than one places. (10 points)
(5 points)
【Solution 2】
List down correctly all the 90 codes satisfying the command. (10 points, any error or
missing results in 0 points)
Prove that there are at most 90 codes. (10 points)
Answer:90 codes
【Note】
We also can construct 90 codes as follows: the first two digits take 10 to 99, once for
each; the third digit satisfies that the sum of three digits is a multiple of 10. If two
codes have one identical digits and the other one is different in the corresponding
position, then the third digits are also different.
sachtienganhhanoi.com

254

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy